2025-01641 Contract Pannell Pool Renovation (L19706500) — Sacramento City Council, October 7, 2025

City of Sacramento
City Council - 2PM Report
915 I Street Sacramento, CA 95814
www.cityofsacramento.org
File ID: 2025-01641 10/7/2025
Contract: Pannell Pool Renovation (L19706500)
File ID: 2025-01641
Location: 2450 Meadowview Road, District 8
Recommendation: Pass a Motion: 1) awarding a construction contract to Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba Adams Pool Specialties in an amount not to exceed $389,599 for the Pannell Pool Renovation (L19706500); and 2) authorizing the Interim City Manager or designee to execute the contract specified above.

Contact: Ezra Roati, Senior Architect, (916) 808-5877, [email protected]; David Avila, Supervising Architect, (916) 808-7501, [email protected]; James Christensen, Facilities Manager, (916) 808-5863, [email protected]; Department of Public Works Presenter: None
Attachments:
1-Description/Analysis
2-Contract- Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba Adams Pool Specialties Description/Analysis
Issue Detail: The Pannell Meadowview Pool has a plaster pool finish that has reached the end of its useful life and has degraded to a point where it needs to be replaced. The failing plaster finish has been in place for approximately 25 years and is in need of replacement. As the City’s third most utilized aquatic facility, Pannell Meadowview Pool serves thousands of recreational swimmers each summer and supports a high-demand swim instruction program.

The facility is a critical piece of community infrastructure, offering not only recreational opportunities and relief during periods of extreme heat, but also delivering essential public safety services through water safety education. Continued investment in this facility is necessary to maintain its capacity, address aging infrastructure, and ensure equitable access to aquatic services.

The improvements will include removal of existing plaster finishes, tile and all other surfaces to prepare and install tile, pool markings, depth markers, rope anchors, wall inlet and other fitting covers and prepare all surfaces to receive new white plaster finish. The project will also include replacement

Page 1 of 3 ends

File ID: 2025-01641 10/7/2025
of underwater pool lights to upgrade to LED for long-term energy savings.

Policy Considerations: The recommendations in this report are in accordance with the provisions of City Code Chapter 3.56. which requires City Council approval of contracts of $250,000 or more.

Economic Impacts: The recommended contract is expected to create 2.88 total jobs (1.83 direct jobs and 1.05 jobs through indirect and induced actives) and create $380,452 in total economic output ($243,880 of direct output and $136,572 of output through indirect and induced activities).

The indicated economic impacts are estimates calculated using a calculation tool developed by the Center for Strategic Economic Research (CSER). CSER utilized the IMPLAN input-output model (2009 coefficients) to quantify the economic impacts of a hypothetical $1 million of spending in various construction categories within the City of Sacramento in an average one-year period. Actual impacts could differ significantly from the estimates and neither the City of Sacramento nor CSER shall be held responsible for consequences resulting from such differences.

Environmental Considerations: The action is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines section 15302. The action consists of the replacement or reconstruction of existing structures and facilities where the new structure will be located on the same site as the replaced structure and will have substantially the same purpose and capacity as the structure replaced. The action involves replacement or reconstruction of existing improvements and/or facilities involving negligible or no expansion of capacity.

Sustainability: Not applicable.

Commission/Committee Action: Not applicable.

Rationale for Recommendation: The Pannell Pool Renovation project will replace the deteriorating plaster pool surface with a new white plaster finish. These repairs will allow the pool to operate as a public amenity for years to come.

On June 26, 2025, the Department of Public Works Facilities and Real Property Management Division issued Invitation for Bid (IFB) No. B25014541007 for Pannell Pool Renovation. Two bids were received. Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba Adams Pool Specialties met the LBE participation and is the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. The results of IFB No. B25014541007 are listed in the table below.

Page 2 of 3 ends

File ID: 2025-01641 10/7/2025

CONTRACTOR BID AMOUNT LBE
Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba Adams Pool
Specialties.
$389,599 Yes
Adams Pool Solutions $391,749 No
Construction is anticipated to begin in Fall of 2025. City staff recommend entering into a contract with Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba Adams Pool Specialties in the amount of $389,599.

Financial Considerations: There is sufficient funding (Measure U Fund, Fund 2401) in the Pannell Pool Renovation Project (L19706500) to award the contract to Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba Adams Pool Specialties, in the amount of $389,599 and cover the remaining project costs.

Local Business Enterprise (LBE): Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba Adams Pool Specialties is an LBE.

Page 3 of 3 ends

Addendum 3 Page
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 1 of 6
Facilities and Real Property Management
CONTRACTOR NAME: Dave Gross Enterprises Inc. dba. Adams Pool Specialties

TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA:

In compliance with the Contract Documents, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all required labor, materials, supervision, transportation, equipment, services, taxes, and incidentals required for:

BID PROPOSAL
Pannell Pool Remodel
Plaster and Underwater Lights
L19706514
in the City and County of Sacramento, California.

The Work is to be done in strict conformity with the Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk, for the following sum:
ltem
No. Item Description
Estimated
Quantity Unit Unit Price Total

DEMOLITION- SWIMMING POOL

1 Drain Pool and Remove Existing 9,153 SF $ 5.58 $ 51,073.74

Plaster Finish- Pool Floor and all
Walls (Verify total area of all floor
and wall surfaces)

2 Remove (1) Cup Anchor Back to bare
Concrete. Brush and Prepare all
threads for new eye bolts.
1 EA $ 1,169.94 $ 1,169.94
3 1X1 Tile- Removal at Wall, Breakline,
Race Lines and Wall Targets (100%
Tile Demolition interior concurrent
with plaster- 20% Demolition at
Deck Tile).
1 LS $ 14,784.21 $ 14,784.21
4 Grout Removal at Tile outlined above
(Grout Demolition concurrent with
Tile)
1 LS $ 1,395.00 $ 1,395.00
5 Carefully Remove Pool Ladders and
remove from site. Note: First
confirm with City Aquatics staff to
7 EA. $ 246.45 $ 1,725.15
1 CITY OF SACRAMENTO
Department of Public Works
Facilities and Real Property Management

Addendum 3 Page
Bid Proposal

Page 2 of 6 ends

6 determine if viable and usable at
another City Facility.

Remove Handrails and remove from
site. Note: First confirm with City
Aquatics staff to determine if viable
and usable at another City Facility.
3 EA

$ 246.45 $ 739.35
7 Remove Deck Tile- prepare for "No
Diving" symbols. 42 EA $ 24.65 $ 1,035.30
8 Remove (E) Main Drains and
reinstall.
1 LS $ 1,641.45 $ 1,641.45
9 Remove (E) Pool return covers and
dispose.
1 LS $ 1,182.96 $ 1,182.96
10 Remove (E) gutter grating where
failing and prepare for new
installation (10% of 542 Ft).
58 LF $ 206.53 $ 11,978.74
11 Protect (E) Play Structures to
Remain Throughout Construction.

Protect (E) Wall steps during
construction.
1 LS $ 739.35 $ 739.35
12 Remove (E) Underwater Pool Lights
And prepare for new pool lights.
22 EA $ 278.83 $ 6,134.26

IMPROVEMENTS- POOL

13 Install New Plaster Finish- Pool Floor
and all Walls (Verify total area for all
floor and wall surfaces). Coordinate
pool drain and fill. Pay for Pool Fill
permit- water costs. Replace Sealant
at Pool Perimeter- Sikasil Pool
Sealant.
9,153 SF $ 6.71 $ 61,416.63
14 Install (1) Spectrum Stainless Cup
Anchor and concrete surround.

Replace ALL eyebolts with new
stainless units.
1 LS $ 650.07 $ 650.07
15 1X1 Tile- Replacement at ALL Wall,
Breakline, Race Lines and Wall
Targets. (Bid 100% Replacement
interior of Pool- 20% Replacement at
Deck Tile). 1X1 White tile surround
at all return drains at 12" min.
1 LS $ 68,663.76 $ 68,663.76
2 CITY OF SACRAMENTO
Department of Public Works
Facilities and Real Property Management

Addendum 3 Page
Bid Proposal

Page 3 of 6 ends

16 Grout at interior pool Tile (Bid 100%
Replacement at interior of pool- 20%
at Deck Tile- 100% surround tile).
1 LS $ 3,534.00 $ 3,534.00
17 REPLACE Pool Ladders and Reinstall
with all new stainless hardware.
7 EA $ 2,104.06 $ 14,728.42
18 REPLACE Handrails and Reinstall
with all new stainless hardware.

Note: Handrails will need to be
fabricated to meet new steps- see
item 29.
3 EA $ 2,307.64 $ 6,922.92
19 Install new Deck Tile- "No Diving"
Symbols at existing depth markers,
where required. Include grout.
1 Ls $ 15,865.80 $ 15,865.80
20 Reinstall (E) Main Drains 1 LS $ 298.53 $ 298.53
21 REPLACE- new Pool floor return
covers.
1 LS $ 2,604.00 $ 2,604.00
22 Install new gutter grating (Approx.
10% of 542 Ft). Includes all corners
and a few straight sections.
58 LF $ 569.85 $ 33,051.30
23 Install new Underwater Pool Lights
and Integral Wire back to J-Box.

Includes waterproofing at surround.
22 EA $ 1,274.44 $ 28,037.68
24 Test and Replace Light Conductors
(wire) in-kind back to Elec. Panel.
22 EA $ 177.55 $ 3,906.10
25 Replace Lighting GFCI Circuit
Breakers in-kind at Elec. Panel.
12 EA $ 226.30 $ 2,715.60
26 Replace internal Ground Bus Bars at
each Hydrel J-Box. Replace rusted
hardware inside j-boxes w Stainless.
8 EA $ 145.31 $ 1,162.48
27 Startup of Underwater Lights,
Program Timer and Commission.
1 LS $ 917.91 $ 917.91
28 Two-coats Waterproofing at inside of
Gutter (Bottom and Two Walls). Cost
per Linear Foot of Pool Perimeter.

SikaTop Seal-107.
542 LF $ 38.19 $ 20,698.98
3 CITY OF SACRAMENTO
Department of Public Works
Facilities and Real Property Management

Addendum 3 Page
Bid Proposal

Page 4 of 6 ends

29 30
31 32
33 34
CONCRETE- Pool Steps require
build-out of 14" depth top step, and
remaining 12" Steps. Follow detail in
plan set and confirm total steps with
existing conditions.

Brush Fresh Pool Plaster and
Rebalancing Pool for Min. of 14-Days.

Prepare Pool Startup.

Mobilization and Demobilization
Erosion, Dust and Sediment Control
(SWPPP BMP implementation).

Protect all plumbing (main
drains/sumps) from debris.

Closeout, Punch List, and As-Builts.

General Conditions (i.e. Oversight,
Temp. RR, Insurance, Performance
and Payment Bonds, etc.).

Demonstrate C-53 License # and
qualification along with bid proposal.
1 1
1 1
1 1
LS
LS
LS
LS
LS
LS
$ 4,576.53 $ 4,576.53
$ 7,254.00 $ 7,254.00
$ 2,557.50 $ 2,557.50
$ 3,045.75 $ 3,045.75
$ 2,046.00 $ 2,046.00
$ 11,345.07 $ 11,345.07
CONTRACTOR NAME: Dave Gross Enterprises Inc., Adams Pool Specialties TOTAL $ 389,598.48
4 Addendum 3 Page
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 5 of 6
Facilities and Real Property Management

SCHEDULE
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned agrees to sign said Contract and furnish the necessary surety bonds and insurance certificates within ten (10) days after receipt of the notice of award of the Contract, and to begin work within TEN (10) days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the City.

It is understood that this Bid Proposal is based upon completion of the Work within a period of NINETY HUNDRED (90) CALENDAR DAYS. The Contractor shall refer to Section 1.B Completion Time of the Special Provisions for calculation of the completion date.

DETERMINATION OF LOW BIDDER
SPECIAL CONDITION: THE DETERMINATION OF THE LOW BIDDER WILL BE BASED ON THE BASE BID AND ALL ADDITIVE ALTERNATES. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACT AWARD MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL OF THE ADDITIVE ALTERNATIVES. THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT WHICH ADDITIVE

ALTERNATIVES, IF ANY, TO INCLUDE IN THE CONTRACT AWARD IN ADDITION TO THE BASE BID WORK.

CORRECTING BID PROPOSAL: In determining the amount bid by each bidder, the City shall disregard mathematical errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division that appear obvious on the face of the Bid Proposal. When such a mathematical error appears on the face of the Bid Proposal, the City shall have the right to correct such error and to compute the total amount bid by said bidder on the basis of the corrected figure or figures.

When an item price is required to be set forth in the Bid Proposal, and the total for the item set forth separately does not agree with a figure which is derived by multiplying the item price times the Engineer's estimate of the quantity of work to be performed for said item, the item price shall prevail over the sum set forth as the total for the item unless, in the sole discretion of the City, such a procedure would be inconsistent with the policy of the bidding procedure. The total paid for each such item of work shall be based upon the item price and not the total price. Should the Bid Proposal contain only total price for the item and the item price is omitted, the City shall determine the item price by dividing the total price for the item by the Engineer's Estimate of the estimated quantities of work to be performed as items of work.

If the Bid Proposal contains neither the item price nor the total price for the item, then it shall be deemed incomplete, and the Bid Proposal shall be disregarded.

BIDDER'S DECLARATION
The undersigned has examined the location of the proposed Work, the local conditions at the place where the Work is to be done, is familiar with the Contract Documents and is familiar and expressly agrees to the liquidated damages provision of the Contract Documents. The undersigned has carefully checked all of the foregoing figures and understands that the City of Sacramento will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this Bid Proposal.

Enclosed is Bid Proposal Guarantee, as required, consisting of a bidder's bond or other acceptable security for not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount Bid Proposal. 5 FOR CITY USE ONLY

BID BOND SECURITY
CI Properly Signed
▪ Improperly Signed
CI Not lncluded
CI Not Required

TYPE OF DEPOSIT
Vr . Bid Bond
▪ Cashier/Certified Check
CI Other
Initial:
(Print or Type)
Title President
Address 7 Wayne Court, Sacramento, CA 95829
Telephone No.

Fax No.

EMAIL ADDRESS [email protected]
Date 08/13/2025
CONTRACTOR:

By:

David Gross
916-388-2000
Addendum 3 Page
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 6 of 6
Facilities and Real Property Management
The undersigned agrees that all addenda received and acknowledged herein shall become a part of and be included in this Bid Proposal. This Bid Proposal includes the following addenda:

Add. #

DATE 7/24/2025
Add. # 2 DATE 7/29/2025
Add. # 3 DATE 8/5/2025
NOTE: State whether your concern is a corporation, a co-partnership, private individual, or individuals doing business under a firm name. If the Bidder is a corporation, the Bid Proposal must be executed in the name of the corporation and must be signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation. If the Bidder is a partnership, the Bid Proposal must be executed in the name of the partnership and one of the partners must subscribe their signature thereto as the authorized representative of the partnership.

PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY AS BID RESULTS WILL BE SENT VIA EMAIL Contractor Acknowledges that an Active C-53 License is Required.

Contractor's License No. 767721 Type C53
Expiration Date 08/31/2027
Tax I.D. Nos.- Fed. 68-0427720 State CA
City of Sacramento Business Operation Tax Certificate No. (City will not award contract if Certificate Number is missing.) DIR Registration No. 1000008388
6 145493

LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (LBE)

PARTICIPATION PROGRAM
NOTE: Proposers must provide responses to the following items. Failure to provide a response to each of the items in this section may be grounds for rejection of the proposal.

1. LBE FIVE PERCENT (5%) PARTICIPATION
On April 3, 2012, the Sacramento City Council adopted a Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Preference Program to provide enhanced opportunities for the participation of local business enterprises (LBEs) in the City's contracting and procurement activities. On November 19, 2013, City Council increased the LBE preference and authorized City departments to require minimum LBE participation levels in individual contracts. Under City Code section 3.60.270 , when the bid specifications for a City contract establish a minimum participation level for LBEs, no bidder on the contract shall be considered responsive unless its bid meets the minimum LBE participation level required by the bid specifications.

The City has established a minimum 5% participation level for LBEs on this contract. Pursuant to City Code Section

3.60.270, no bidder on this contract shall be considered responsive unless its bid meets or exceeds this minimum participation level. To qualify for this requirement, bidders must either (a) be an LBE, or (b) subcontract with a qualified LBE.

Detailed information about this program can be found at http://www.cityofsacramento.org/Finance/ProcuremenU Contract-Ordinances
Local Business Enterprise means a business enterprise. including but not limited to, a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other business entity that has a legitimate business presence in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento. Evidence of legitimate business presence in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento shall include:

1. Having a current City of Sacramento Business Operation Tax or County of Sacramento Business License for at least twelve (12) consecutive months prior to submission of bid; and

2. Having either of the following types of offices or workspace operating legally within the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento for at least twelve (12) consecutive months prior to submission of bid:
a. The LBE's principle business office or workspace; or b. The LBE's regional, branch or satellite office with at least one full time employee located in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento.

A. LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (LBE)
Is the firm submitting the bid qualified as a local business enterprise? Check the appropriate box below:

YES - the firm submitting the bid is qualified as a local business enterprise.

SUBCONTRACTING/SUPPLIERS - The firm submitting the bid is qualified by utilizing subcontractors and/or suppliers who qualify as local business enterprises.

NO - the firm submitting the bid is not qualified as a local business enterprise.

If the response to the above is YES, provide the City of Sacramento Business Operations Tax Certificate Number and/or County of Sacramento Business License Number:
145493
If the response to the above is YES, provide a current copy of the City of Sacramento Business Operations Tax Certificate and/or County of Sacramento Business License.

If the response to the above is YES, provide business office or workspace address*:
7 Wayne Court
Sacramento, CA 95829
* Address must be a physical address for the basis of location, this excludes P.O. Box addresses.

Form Updated 6/11/2020

SACRAMENTO

SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER $250,000

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. ln the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one-half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for 2,11work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non-responsive.

COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name DAVE GROSS ENTERPRISES INC., dba. Adams Pool Specialties (REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration # 1000008388 Business Name None Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and swveyors require DIR Registration) El Subcontractor
E Supplier
CSLB/Professional License #

DIR Registration # (10 cilgits)

Address

Does this subcontractor or supplier quallfy as an LBE?

City, State, Zip

Estimated dollar value of work services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person

Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

Email Address

Phone

Business Name None Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform Iabor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) O Subcontractor
0 Supplier
CSLB/Professional License #

DIR Registration # (10 digits)

Address

Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE?

City, State, Zip

F.stimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person

Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

Email Address

Phone

l hereby certify that each su contractor listed on t is LBB Participation Form has been notified that i as been 6ste d an

.. a consen e

. in wri ng to s name bemg submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the in rmation in a rdin the contract.
.7 President 08/13/2025 $ 389,598.48
Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including addltive alternates if applicable)

MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE
Sacramento City Code Section 3.60.020 authorizes the Sacramento City Council to adopt standard minimum qualifications for bidders on competitively bid public works construction projects, and requires, among other provisions, that a bidder meet such minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening in order to bid. On July 31, 2007, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2007-574 establishing these standard minimum qualifications. Pursuant to City Code section 3.60.020, a bidder failing to meet these minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening shall not be considered a responsible bidder for purposes of bidding on the subject project.

All bidders must demonstrate compliance with the minimum qualifications established by Resolution No. 2007-574 by completing all of the questions contained in this questionnaire. Bidder responses shall be limited to those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions of the bidder that will be involved with the performance of any project work if awarded the contract. lf a bidder answers "yes" to any single question, fails to submit a fully completed questionnaire, or submits false information, this will result in a determination that the minimum qualifications are not met, and the bidder shall not be considered a qualified bidder for purposes of bidding on this contract. lf two or more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must separately meet these minimum qualifications for the Joint Venture to be considered a qualified bidder.

The City of Sacramento ("City") shall make its determination on the basis of the submitted questionnaire, as well as any relevant information that is obtained from others or as a result of investigation by the City.

While it is the intent of this questionnaire to assist the City in determining whether bidders possess the minimum qualifications necessary to submit bids on the City's competitively bid public works construction contracts, the fact that a bidder submits a questionnaire demonstrating that it meets these minimum qualifications shall not in any way limit or affect the City's ability to: (1) review other information contained in the bid submitted by the bidder, and additional relevant information, and determine whether the contractor is a responsive and/or responsible bidder; or (2) establish pre-qualification requirements for a specific contract or contracts.

By submitting this questionnaire, the bidder consents to the disclosure of its questionnaire answers: (i) to third parties for purposes of verification and investigation; (ii) in connection with any protest, challenge or appeal of any action taken by the City; and (iii) as required by any law or regulation, including without limitation the California Public Records Act (Calif. Gov't Code sections 6250 et seq.). Each questionnaire must be signed under penalty of perjury in the manner designated at the end of the form, by an individual who has the legal authority to bind the bidder submitting the questionnaire. lf any information provided by a bidder becomes inaccurate, the bidder shall immediately notify the City and provide updated accurate information in writing, under penalty of perjury.

FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 1 of 9 ends

QUESTIONNAIRE
NOTICE: For firms that maintain other operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will not be involved with the performance of any project work if the firm is awarded the contract, references hereafter to "your firm" shall mean only those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will be involved with the performance of any project work.

All of the following questions regarding "your firm" refer to the firm (corporation, partnership or sole proprietor) submitting this questionnaire, as well as any firm(s) with which any of your firm's owners, officers, or partners are or have been associated as an owner, officer, partner or similar position within the lastfive years The firm submitting this questionnaire shall not be considered a responsible bidder if the answer to any of these questions is "yes", or if the firm submits a questionnaire that is not fully completed or contains false information. 1 Classification & Expiration Date(s) of California Contractor's License Number(s) held by firm:

License 767721; Classifications C53 & C27, exp 08/31/2027

2. Has a contractor's license held by your firm and/or any owner, officer or partner of your firm been revoked at anytime in the last five years?
Yes No

3. Within the last five years, has a surety firm completed a contract on your firm's behalf, or paid for completion of a contract to which your firm was a party, because your firm was considered to be in default or was terminated for cause by the project owner? Yes EINo

4. At the time of submitting this minimum qualifications questionnaire, is your firm ineligible to bid on or be awarded a public works contract, or perform as a subcontractor on a public works contract, pursuant to either California Labor Code section 1777.1 (prevailing wage violations) or Labor Code section 1777.7 (apprenticeship violations)?
Yes ['No

5. At any time during the last five years, has your firm, or any of its owners, officers or partners been convicted of a crime involving the awarding of a contract for a government construction project, or the bidding or performance of a government contract?
Yes DINo

FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 2 of 9 ends

6. Answer either subsection A or B, as applicable:

A. Your firm has completed three or more government construction contracts in Sacramento County_within the last five years: Within those five years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts in Sacramento County for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging the assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the Iast five years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question.

CI Yes ID No El Not applicable
OR
B. Your firm has not completed at least three government construction contracts in Sacramento County within the last five years: Within the last three years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging an assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the last three years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question. 0 Yes 0 No ❑ Not applicable

7. In the last three years has your firm been debarred from bidding on, or completing, any government agency or public works construction contract for any reason? NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging a debarment, you need not include that debarment in responding to this question.

LI Yes lEINo

8. Has CAL OSHA assessed a total of three or more penalties against your firm for any "serious" or "willful" violation occurring on construction projects performed in Sacramento County at any time within the last three years?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.
❑Yes ONo

FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 3 of 9 ends

DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 4 of 9 ends

9. Answer either subsection A or B, as preferred:

A. In the last three years has your firm had a three year average Workers' Compensation experience modification rate exceeding 1.1?
Yes ❑ No
OR
B. In the Iast three years has your firm had a three-year average incident rate for total lost workday cases exceeding 10?
NOTE: Incident rates represent the number of lost workday cases per 100 full-time workers and is to be calculated as: (N/EH) x 200,000, where N = number of lost workday cases (as defined by the U.S. Dept. of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics)
EH = total hours worked by all employees during the calendar year 200,000 = base for 100 equivalent full-time working (working 40 hours per week,
50 weeks per year)
Yes I=INo

10. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed penalties three or more times, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was a contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes 0 No

FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 5 of 9 ends

DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 6 of 9 ends

11. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed a single penalty of $100,000 or more, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was the contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes El No

12. In the past three years, have civil penalties been assessed against your firm pursuant to California Labor Code 1777.7 for violation of California public works apprenticeship requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes 11 No

13. In the past three years, has a public agency in California withheld contract payments or assessed penalties against your firm for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a withholding or penalty assessment, you need not include that withholding or penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes IDNo

14. Has your firm been assessed penalties for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements in California, in an aggregate amount for the past three years of $50,000 or more? NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes I=INo

FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 7 of 9 ends

VERIFICATION AND SIGNATURE
l, the undersigned, certify and declare that l have read all the foregoing answers to this Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire, and know their contents. The matters stated in these Questionnaire answers are true of my own knowledge and belief, except as to those matters stated on information and belief, and as to those matters l believe them to be true. l declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Signed at Sacramento, CA on 08/13/2025
(Location) (Date)
Signature: C
Print name: Davi• Gross
Title: President
NOTE: lf two or more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must submit a separate Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire.

FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 8 of 9 ends

President Date: 08/13/2025
Title
BY: tc
ture
The Representations Made Herein On This Document Are Made Under Penalty Of Perjury.

CONTRACTOR'S NAME: Dave ross Enterprises Inc dba. Adams Pool Specialties CITY OF SACRAMENTO Drug-Free Policy and Affidavit

Page 1 of 1 ends

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY AND AFFIDAVIT
BID PROPOSAL MAY BE DECLARED NONRESPONSIVE IF THIS FORM "COMPLETED) IS NOT ATTACHED.

Pursuant to City Council Resolution CC90-498 dated 6/26/90 the following is required.

The undersigned contractor certifies that it and all subcontractors performing under this Agreement will provide a drug-free workplace by:

1. Publishing a "Drug-Free Workplace" statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.

2. Establishing a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees about:
a. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace.
b. The contractor's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace. c. Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program. d. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace.

3. Notify employees that as a condition of employment under this Agreement, employees will be expected to:
a. Abide by the terms of the statement.
b. Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace.

4. Making it a requirement that each employee to be engaged in the performance of the Agreement be given a copy on the "Drug-Free Workplace" statement.

5. Taking one of the following appropriate actions, within thirty (30) days of receiving notice from an employee or otherwise receiving such notice, that said employee has received a drug conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace:
a. Taking appropriate disciplinary action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or b. Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a federal, state, or local health, law enforcement or other appropriate agency. * I certify that no person employed by this company, corporation, or business has been convicted of any criminal drug statute violation on any job site or project where this company, corporation or business was performing was within three years of the date of my signature below.

EXCEPTION:

Violation Type Place of Occurrence
If additional space is required use back of this form.
* The above statement will also be incorporated as a part of each subcontract agreement for any and all subcontractors 5elected for performance on this project,

IN THE EVENT THIS COMPANY, CORPORATION, OR BUSINESS IS AWARDED THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT, AS A RESULT OF THIS BID; THE CONTRACTOR WITH HIS/HER SIGNATURE REPRESENTS TO THE CITY THAT THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS COMPLETE AND ACCURATE. IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT FALSE CERTIFICATION IS SUBjECT TO IMMEDIATE TERMINATION BY THE CITY.

Effects of violations: a. Suspension of payments under the Agreement. b. Suspension or termination of the Agreement. c. Suspension or debarment of the contractor from receiving any Agreement from the City of Sacramento for a period not to exceed five years.

Date

4„„,* ADAMS r•0•0•1.
'IV SPECIALTIES
7 Wayne Court
Sacramento, CA 95829
(916) 388-2000
Sacramento City Clerk's Office Drop Box
Public Counter, New City Hall
915 I Street (5th Floor)
Sacramento, CA 95814
BID:

Pannell Pool Replaster and Light Replacement
L19706514

Page 1 of 4 ends

ADDENDUM #1
Pannell Pool Remodel
July 24, 2025

Questions Received via Email:

1. Q: What contractor’s license will I need to have to bid this job? A. A qualified GC must have proof of a valid C-53 Contractor’s license either held by the GC or one of the main subcontractors bidding the job.

2. Q: Are contractors allowed to use the existing restrooms on-site? A. No, provide bid to supply port-o-lets as needed for all workers on-site.

3. Q: Do we need to provide temporary fencing?
A. Any temporary fencing required will need to be provided by the selected GC. Since the site is secured by permanent fencing, as long as no activities are taking place during construction the permanent fence will be sufficient.

4. Q: What contract will be used for this project?
A. A standalone contract will be generated with the low bidder. This is a public-bid construction project.

Questions Received In-Person (at Optional Site Walk on 7/14/25 or via E-mail after walk):

5. Q: What is the timeline for construction?
A. City anticipates starting construction in ~September 2025, with completion by the end of the Calendar Year 2025. If the start of construction is delayed, pricing shall hold until March 2026 start-date and complete by May 2026. Either way, all work shall be completed no later than mid-May 2026 to allow two weeks of startup prior to pool opening in June 2026.

6. Q: Who is responsible to drain the pool and refill?
A. Selected Contractor will be responsible to drain the pool and coordinate the pool fill.

Contractor is to pay for and obtain a permit to utilize water from a nearby fire hydrant to fill the pool. City Aquatics will be on-site to coordinate drain and refill, but all scope is by GC.

7. Q: Who is responsible to obtain a permit with County EMD or Building? A. City has obtained a permit through County Environmental Management Division (EMD) for minor repairs. There are no County inspections on this job, but City of Sacramento will be reviewing the work and inspecting throughout.

Page 2 of 4 ends

8. Q: The plans call for remove and replacement of the sealant around the perimeter of the pool between the pool deck and the deck tile, do you want other sealant replaced as well? A. Correct, follow the plans. The sealant shall be replaced between the waterline tile and the pool deck around the entire pool perimeter. Ensure the product is rated for pools, bid SikaSil Pool sealant at perimeter of pool, selected GC will need to provide a confirming Submittal. All other sealant on the pool deck is existing to remain.

9. Q: Is there any scope associated with the slide, or activity structures? A. No, the slide and activity structures are to be protected during construction. No other scope is associated with these areas.

10. Q: What is the scope on the handrails at the wall steps and steps into the pool? A. Bid all new handrails with all new hardware. Note that the concrete steps will need new handrails to accommodate the step modifications (see question below). Remove and carefully set aside the existing handrails during demolition for City Aquatics to salvage or confirm Contractor to dispose. If recessed handrails are deemed viable to refinish (i.e. powdercoat) and re-install with new hardware at a lower cost, then a deductive credit amount will be assessed at a later date.

11. Q: Is a survey required to be provided by the GC?
A. Setting grades to meet all slopes and maximum slopes at landings is the responsibility of the selected Contractor, and ensuring bottom slope break is achieved to meet code.

Match existing grades at all locations, unless noted otherwise.

12. Q: At the pool stairs, are we to build-out the steps to make them code-compliant? A. Yes, extend the top underwater step to 14” depth (T-1 Standard) with concrete. The remaining treads shall be 12” (T-2), as outlined in CBC Figure 31B-7 and also extended with concrete. The (3) existing pool steps under the water are to be extended per the dimensions above. Refinish with new tile at the nosing of each underwater step per the detail. Note: All new handrails will be required.

13. Q: What is the scope at the lane tile and target wall tile? A. Remove lane line tile and target wall tile and replace in-kind per plan. Total tile replacement and grout at these locations is part of the bid scope.

14. Q: What is the scope at the deck tile?
A. Bid to include removal and replacement of 20% of deck tile and install new grout, the remaining 80% of the deck tile is existing to remain. Install “No Diving” tile signs with the symbols at each of the depth markers per plans, refer to the plans for quantities.

15. Q: Should we replace the return covers?
A. Yes, replace the return covers in-kind. The plastic cover replacements should be included in project the bid scope.

Page 3 of 4 ends

16. Q: Should we install tile around the floor returns? A. Install white 1”x1” tile surrounding each return drain with a minimum dimension of 12”. The plans call for 6” tile around, please bid with 12” to cover any staining.

17. Q: On the main drain covers, what is the scope?
A. Remove carefully, set aside and re-install. These have current permits on them and are not to be replaced at this time. Any damaged main drain covers will be the GC’s responsibility to replace at no additional cost to the City.

18. Q: At the deck drain grates what is the scope?
A. Care should be taken to carefully remove all grates at the deck drains and set aside to prepare for refinishing the sump. Replace all corner pieces and 10% of the running deck drain wherever failing. Provide any remaining materials of replacement deck drain to City Aquatics for future installations.

19. Q: What is the scope for the cup anchors?
A. Cut out and remove entirely one (1) cup anchor housing, including chipping out concrete and replacing the housing in-kind. Remove all threaded eye bolts and replace in-kind 100% of all eye bolts. Brush all threads and prepare for new eye bolt installation.

20. Q: What product do you want us to bid for waterproofing the walls and bottom of the deck drain?
A. Bid with product SikaTop Seal-107 cementitious waterproof material. Apply in two coats per detail in plans. Any Substitutions will be considered with proper documentation after Contractor selection is complete.

21. Q: What is the scope for the underwater light replacement? A. All underwater lights are to be replaced with LED. Follow specs as outlined on the plans and ensure lights have integrated wire that will land at each of the Junction Box locations. Follow the detail and info carefully in the plans to understand the scope.

22. Q: Are the wall steps existing to remain?
A. Yes, follow the plans and details. All wall steps that are existing to remain.

23. In Section 01 20 00 (General Scope of Work), under 6. C (Plaster Upgrade), it states Diamond Brite. But under Section 13 11 05 (Pool Plaster) 2.1 it states Wet Edge Altima. Can we bid Wet Edge Altima for this project?

A. The City will allow the use of either product Diamond Brite or Wet Edge Altima for this project. Additionally, an equivalent equal may be proposed, but it must be submitted for review and approved through the submittal process before use.

Page 4 of 4 ends

24. Under 5.3 it states prep the existing surface by applying two passes with a 40,000 PSI water jet machine. The method our company uses for plaster removal is with using chipping hammers. Using chipping hammers is an acceptable method. Will using chipping hammers for the plaster removal be an acceptable method for this project?

A. Yes, the City will allow the use of air compressed chipping hammers to remove the plaster to an acceptable amplitude as deemed by the project inspector of record. down to the concrete substrate. Upon completion of the scaling, The inspector of record will ensure the contractor has achieved a uniform, roughened profile that ensures proper bonding of the new plaster. The goal is to remove any delaminated, soft, or loose material and to prepare the surface to a suitable amplitude (roughness).

NOTE: THE DEADLINE REMAINS. All proposals are due by 7/30/25 before 2:00PM. Please provide a complete proposal prior to this deadline.

Pannell Pool Remodel-Replaster and Light Replacement
OPTIONAL SITE WALK SIGN-IN SHEET FOR July 14, 2025 at 10:00 AM

NAME I COMPANY
11 Ezra Roati Citv Of Sacramento
/./IA- I City Of Sacramento
PHONE
916-808-5877

EMAIL ADDRESS
'[email protected]
916-808-4011 [email protected]
ICi Of Sacramento 916-808-6166 [email protected] JJIA- Ci Of Sacramento 916-808-5922
~e.
~ •-~ 53V-3 Al L t:4
rt 9't AOtrM~
>C~ ADM/\,Pot>L. ..
l 5olo\~()V' f 'f;J..5--3ZL{--£'t30
9/Jl}O..O.rl(JollA.~tA;.4: fQu.,ll-lt-e-11.) [oDL ~T )bS2.-]0BD ,~U,;,<..B.;11,s~rU\.v' (· ¥ff>--- I 11 12
.,z ... o\q,
&)Q {,O ('{Oi lt\t"'Mo.'1Yo
~---------+------------t------------lf--------------------4 13 16 t-r,.-----------t----------f.--------+--------------4 17 1
Product Data Sheet
Sikasil® Pool
September 2020, Version 02.02
020515030000000002

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Sikasil® Pool
Silicone sealant for swimming pools and wet areas

DESCRIPTION
Sikasil® Pool is a one component, neutral curing silic- one sealant for use in swimming pools and perman-
ently wet areas.

USES
Sikasil® Pool is designed for joints in and around swim- ming pools, areas under permanent water immersion
and frequently wet areas between tiles, concrete,
glass and metals.

CHARACTERISTICS / ADVANTAGES
Very good water resistance▪
High chlorine resistance▪
Very good resistance to fungal attack▪
Non-corrosive▪
High elasticity and flexibility▪

PRODUCT INFORMATION
Chemical Base Neutral cure silicone
Packaging 300 ml cartridges, 12 cartridges per box
Colour White, grey, transparent
Shelf Life Sikasil® Pool has a shelf life of 12 months from the date of production, if it is stored properly in undamaged, original, sealed packaging, and if the storage conditions are met.

Storage Conditions Sikasil® Pool shall be stored in dry conditions, protected from direct sun- light and at temperatures between +5 °C and +25 °C.

Density ~1,05 kg/l (ISO 1183-1)

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Shore A Hardness ~20 (after 28 days) (ISO 868)
Tensile Strength ~1,5 N/mm2 (ISO 8339)
Secant Tensile Modulus ~0,30 N/mm2 at 100 % elongation (23 °C) (ISO 8339) Elastic Recovery > 90 % (ISO 7389)
Tear Propagation Resistance ~4,0 N/mm (ISO 34)
Movement Capability ± 25 % (ISO 9047)
1 /
3 Service Temperature −40 °C to +80 °C
Joint Design The joint width must be designed to suit the joint movement required and the movement capability of the sealant. The joint width shall be ≥ 10 mm.

Sikasil® Pool shall not be used on joints with widths ≥ 15 mm and depths or thicknesses ≥ 6 mm must be applied.

For larger joints please contact Sika Technical Service.

APPLICATION INFORMATION
Consumption Joint length [m] per 300
ml cartridge
Joint width [mm] Joint depth [mm]
3,5 10 8
2 15 10
Backing Material Use closed cell, polyethylene foam backing rods.

Sag Flow < 2 mm (20 mm profile, 23 °C) (ISO 7390)
Ambient Air Temperature +5 °C min. / +40 °C max.

Substrate Temperature +5 °C min. / +40 °C max.
min. 3 °C above dew point temperature
Curing Rate ~2,0 mm/24 h (23 °C / 50 % r.h.) (CQP 049-2) Skin Time ~5 min (23 °C / 50 % r.h.) (CQP 019-1)

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
The substrate must be clean, dry, sound and homo-
geneous, free from oils, grease, dust and loose or fri- able particles. Sikasil® Pool adheres without primers
and/or activators.

However, for optimum adhesion and critical, high per-
formance applications, such as on multi-story build-
ings, highly stressed joints, extreme weather exposure
or water immersion, the following priming and/or pre-
treatment procedures shall be followed:

Non-porous substrates
Aluminium, anodised aluminium, stainless steel, glass,
galvanised steel, powder coated metals or glazed tiles
have to be cleaned and pre-treated using Sika® Aktivat- or-205, wiped on with a clean towel. Before sealing,
allow a flash-off time of > 15 minutes (< 6 hours).

Other metals, such as copper, brass and titanium-zinc,
also have to be cleaned and pre-treated using Sika®
Aktivator-205,wiped on with a clean towel. After the
necessary flash-off time, use a brush to apply Sika®
Primer-3 N and allow a further flash-off time of > 30
minutes (< 8 hours) before sealing the joints.

PVC has to be cleaned and pre-treated using Sika®
Primer-215 applied with a brush. Before sealing, allow
a flash-off time of > 30 minutes (< 8 hours).

Porous substrates
Concrete, aerated concrete and cement based
renders, mortars and bricks shall be primed using Sika® Primer-3 N applied with a brush. Before sealing, allow
a flash-off time of > 30 minutes (< 8 hours).

For more detailed advice and instructions please con-
tact the local Sika Technical Services Department.

Note: Primers are adhesion promoters. They are
neither a substitute for the correct cleaning of a sur- face, nor do they improve the strength of the surface
significantly.

APPLICATION METHOD / TOOLS
Sikasil® Pool is supplied ready to use.

After the necessary substrate preparation, insert a
suitable backing rod to the required depth and apply
any primer if necessary. Insert a foil pack or cartridge into the sealant gun and extrude Sikasil® Pool into the joint making sure that it comes into full contact with
the sides of the joint and avoids any air entrapment.

Sikasil® Pool sealant must be firmly tooled against the joint sides to ensure adequate adhesion.

It is recommended to use masking tape where exact
joint lines or neat lines are required. Remove the tape within the skin time. Use a compatible tooling agent
(e.g. Sika® Tooling Agent N) to smooth the joint sur-
faces. Do not use tooling products containing solvents.

CLEANING OF TOOLS
Clean all tools and application equipment immediately
after use with Sika® Remover-208 and/or Sika® Top-
Clean T. Once cured the residual material can only be
removed mechanically.

FURTHER DOCUMENTS
Safety Data Sheet▪
Pre-treatment Chart Sealing and Bonding▪
Product Data Sheet
Sikasil® Pool
September 2020, Version 02.02
020515030000000002
2 /
3 LIMITATIONS
Sikasil® Pool cannot be overpainted.▪
Colour variations may occur due to exposure to
chemicals, high temperatures and/or UV-radiation
(especially with the colour shade white). However, a
change in colour is purely of aesthetic nature and
does not adversely influence the technical perform-
ance or durability of the product.
▪
Do not use Sikasil® Pool on bituminous substrates,
natural rubber, EPDM rubber or on any building ma-
terials which might bleed oils, plasticizers or solvents that could attack the sealant.
▪
Do not use Sikasil® Pool for structural glazing or insu- lated glazing, and food contact applications.
▪
Do not use Sikasil® Pool for medical or pharmaceutic-
al uses.
▪
Before using Sikasil® Pool on natural stone, please
contact our Technical Service Department for advice.

▪
Recommendations for use in swimming pools / warm
water whirlpools:

Cure Sikasil® Pool completely before the filling of the pool; minimum of 7 days (depending on the temper-
ature, humidity and thickness of the sealant applied).
▪
The resistance of a sealant to chlorine is dependent
on the pH value of the water and the amount of free
chlorine.
▪
Sikasil® Pool can be used in swimming pools and
warm water whirlpools in which a pH value between
6,5 and 7,6 is maintained, and the free chlorine re-
mains less than 5 mg/l (5 ppm).
▪
To reduce the risk of fungal attack on Sikasil® Pool,
the free available chlorine level shall not be ≤ 0,3
mg/l in swimming pools and ≤ 0,7 mg/l in warm wa-
ter whirlpools. Continuous water circulation is re-
quired to avoid chlorine concentrations.
▪
If there is a very strong smell of chlorine, check the
pH value accordingly.
▪
Do not use acid-based detergents as they increase
the danger of fungal attack.
▪
When joints are reconstructed due to fungal attack,
Sikasil® Pool must be removed completely.
▪

BASIS OF PRODUCT DATA
All technical data stated in this Product Data Sheet are based on laboratory tests. Actual measured data may
vary due to circumstances beyond our control.

LOCAL RESTRICTIONS
Please note that as a result of specific local regulations the performance of this product may vary from coun-
try to country. Please consult the local Product Data
Sheet for the exact description of the application
fields.

ECOLOGY HEALTH AND SAFETY
For information and advice on the safe handling, stor-
age and disposal of chemical products, users shall
refer to the most recent Safety Data Sheet (SDS) con-
taining physical, ecological, toxicological and other
safety-related data.

LEGAL NOTES
The information, and, in particular, the recommenda-
tions relating to the application and end-use of Sika
products, are given in good faith based on Sika’s cur-
rent knowledge and experience of the products when
properly stored, handled and applied under normal
conditions in accordance with Sika’s recommenda-
tions. In practice, the differences in materials, sub-
strates and actual site conditions are such that no war- ranty in respect of merchantability or of fitness for a particular purpose, nor any liability arising out of any legal relationship whatsoever, can be inferred either
from this information, or from any written recom-
mendations, or from any other advice offered. The
user of the product must test the product’s suitability for the intended application and purpose. Sika re-
serves the right to change the properties of its
products. The proprietary rights of third parties must
be observed. All orders are accepted subject to our
current terms of sale and delivery. Users must always
refer to the most recent issue of the local Product
Data Sheet for the product concerned, copies of which
will be supplied on request. It may be necessary to ad- apt the above disclaimer to specific local laws and reg- ulations. Any changes to this disclaimer may only be
implemented with permission of Sika® Corporate Legal
in Baar.

Sika South Africa (Pty) Ltd
9 Hocking Place,
Westmead, 3608
South Africa
Phone +27 31 792 6500
www.sika.co.za
SikasilPool-en-ZA-(09-2020)-2-2.pdf
Product Data Sheet
Sikasil® Pool
September 2020, Version 02.02
020515030000000002
3 /
3 Construction
SikaTop® Seal 107
Flexible, waterproofing and protective slurry mortar
Description SikaTop® Seal 107 is a two-component, polymer-modified, cementitious waterproofing and protective slurry mortar for concrete. It is slightly flexible to tolerate fine cracks and suitable in both interior and exterior applications.

Advantages SikaTop® Seal 107 provides the following beneficial properties:
n Improves the watertightness of water-containing concrete tanks, reservoirs, and clearwells. n Protects against water penetration, yet water vapor permeable (breathable). n Excellent freeze/thaw resistance.
n Good adhesion to sound, prepared substrates.
n Easy and fast mixing and application.
n Good abrasion resistance.
n Protects against concrete carbonation (80 mils SikaTop® Seal 107 is equivalent to 6 inches of concrete). n Can be mixed to slurry or trowelable consistency.
n Improves concrete/masonry appearance.
n Available in concrete gray and off-white.
n SikaTop® Seal 107 is ANSI/NSF 61 potable water compliant.

Where to use n Horizontal surfaces subjected to light foot traffic (balconies). n For waterproofing of drinking water, tanks, reservoirs, and clear wells. n For internal and external waterproofing and damp-proofing concrete, mortar blockwork and brickwork. n For protection of concrete structures against the deleterious effects of deicing salts and freeze/thaw cycles. n For sealing “hairline” cracks in concrete structures not subject to movement surfaces. n For interior and exterior waterproofing of basements. n Vertical surfaces.

Coverage n For damp-proofing: apply one coat at 40 mils. n For waterproofing: apply two coats at 40 mils per coat. Theoretical thickness (wet film) on smooth substrates: 40 ft.2/gal. = 40 mils (2 kg./m2 = 1 mm). The above figures are theoretical and do not allow for substrate profile and wastage. Three coats may be required in areas of extremely high water infiltration.

Packaging 44 lb. unit - when mixed yields 2.65 gallons (10 l) Component ‘A’ - 1 gal. plastic jug; 4/carton. Component ‘B’ - 35.5 lb. multi-wall bag.

Product Data Sheet
Edition 11.20.2015
SikaTop® Seal 107
Typical Data (Material and curing conditions @ 73°F (23°C) and 50% R.H.) Shelf Life 1 year when unopened.

Storage Protect Component ‘A’ from freezing and Component ‘B’ from moisture.

Store dry at 40°- 95°F (4°- 35°C). Condition material to 65°-75°F conditions before using.

Colors Concrete gray and off white.

Mixing Ratio Component ‘A’: Component ‘B’. Slurry consistency 1:4.1 by weight (full unit) Trowelable consistency 1:4.5 by weight (90% liquid to full bag) Density (wet mix) 125 lbs./ft.3 (2.0 kg./l.) = 16.6 lbs./gal.

Working Time Approximately 60 minutes at 68°F; Approximately 30 minutes at 86°F Compressive Strength (ASTM D-695) @ 28 days
Type White 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Type Gray 3,400 psi (23.4 MPa)
Tensile Strength (ASTM C-307) 28 days
White 870 psi (6.0 MPa)
Gray 990 psi (6.8 MPa)
Bond Strength (ACI 503R-30 Modified): Pull-off Test 28 days 180 psi (1.25 N/mm2) Flexibility (ASTM D522 modified) Approximately 25%
Watertightness under hydrostatic pressure (DIN 1048 mod.) Water Pressure Penetrated Water Water Absorption
feet (bar) grains (grams) grains (grams)
ft2 • hours (m2 • hours)
16 (0.5) 0 (0) 0 (0)
33 (1) 15 (1) 3 (2)
99 (3) 31 (2) 10 (7)
Rendering mortars absorbing less than 91 grains/ft.2 • h (64 grams/m2• h) are considered watertight.

Vapor Permeability (ASTM E-96) U.S. perms: 28 days 18 (not a vapor barrier) Carbon Dioxide Diffusion Coefficient (µCO2) Approximately 35,000, equivalent to 6 inches of concrete Water Vapor Diffusion Coefficient (µH2O) Approximately 500 (“breathable”)

RESULTS MAY DIFFER BASED UPON STATISTICAL VARIATIONS DEPENDING UPON MIXING METHODS AND EQUIPMENT, TEMPERATURE, APPLICATION METHODS, TEST METHODS, ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS AND CURING CONDITIONS.

PRIOR TO EACH USE OF ANY SIKA PRODUCT, THE USER MUST ALWAYS READ AND FOLLOW THE WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS ON THE PRODUCT’S MOST CURRENT PRODUCT DATA SHEET, PRODUCT LABEL AND SAFETY DATA SHEET WHICH ARE AVAILABLE ONLINE AT HTTP://USA.SIKA.COM/ OR BY CALLING SIKA’S TECHNICAL SERVICE DE - PARTMENT AT 800.933.7452 NOTHING CONTAINED IN ANY SIKA MATERIALS RELIEVES THE USER OF THE OBLIGATION

TO READ AND FOLLOW THE WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH SIKA PRODUCT AS SET FORTH IN THE CUR- RENT PRODUCT DATA SHEET, PRODUCT LABEL AND SAFETY DATA SHEET PRIOR TO PRODUCT USE.

A210
Construction
Visit our website at usa.sika.com 1-800-933-SIKA NATIONWIDE Regional Information and Sales Centers. For the location of your nearest Sika sales office, contact your regional center.

Sika Corporation Sika Canada Inc. Sika Mexicana S.A. de C.V. 201 Polito Avenue 601 Delmar Avenue Carretera Libre Celaya Km. 8.5 Lyndhurst, NJ 07071 Pointe Claire Fracc. Industrial Balvanera Phone: 800-933-7452 Quebec H9R 4A9 Corregidora, Queretaro Fax: 201-933-6225 Phone: 514-697-2610 C.P. 76920
Fax: 514-694-2792 Phone: 52 442 2385800
Fax: 52 442 2250537
KEEP CONTAINER TIGHTLY CLOSED. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. NOT FOR INTERNAL CONSUMPTION. FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. FOR PROFESSIONAL USE ONLY.

For further information and advice regarding transportation, handling, storage and disposal of chemical products, users should refer to the actual Safety Data Sheets containing physical, ecological, toxicological and other safety related data. Read the current actual Safety Data Sheet before using the product. In case of emergency, call CHEMTREC at 1-800-424-9300, International 703-527-3887.

Prior to each use of any Sika product, the user must always read and follow the warnings and instructions on the product’s most current Product Data Sheet, product label and Safety Data Sheet which are available online at http://usa.sika.com/ or by calling Sika’s Technical Service Depart- ment at 800-933-7452. Nothing contained in any Sika materials relieves the user of the obligation to read and follow the warnings and instruction for each Sika product as set forth in the current Product Data Sheet, product label and Safety Data Sheet prior to product use.

SIKA warrants this product for one year from date of installation to be free from manufacturing defects and to meet the technical properties on the current Product Data Sheet if used as directed within shelf life. User determines suitability of product for intended use and assumes all risks.

Buyer’s sole remedy shall be limited to the purchase price or replacement of product exclusive of labor or cost of labor. NO OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED SHALL APPLY INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SIKA SHALL NOT BE LIABLE UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. SIKA SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN A MANNER TO INFRINGE ON ANY PATENT OR ANY OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS HELD BY OTHERS.

SALE OF SIKA PRODUCTS ARE SUBJECT SIKA’S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE AVAILABLE AT HTTP://USA.SIKA.COM/ OR BY CALLING 201-933-8800.

ISO 9001
Certificate # FM 69711
RC 14001
Certificate # RC 510999
How to Use
Substrate Preparation Concrete, mortar and masonry surfaces must be clean, free from grease, oil and loosely adhering particles. All surfaces must be as true and flat as possible. An open-textured, sandpaper-like substrate is ideal (CSP-3). All surfaces must be saturated surface dry (SSD), with no standing water at time of application. It is necessary to stop water ingress prior to the application of SikaTop® Seal 107. Use a quick setting, waterproof slurry (SikaSet®) to seal water leaks.

Mixing The consistency of the mix can be altered by reducing the amount of Component ‘A’ (liquid) to be used. Under normal circumstances, when the full quantities of both components are mixed together, a slurry consistency will result. For a trowel- able consistency use only 90% of component ‘A’. Mix in a clean container by slowly adding the powder component to the liquid component and mixing with slow speed drill and mixing paddle.

Application SikaTop® Seal 107 can be applied by trowel, notched trowel, stiff bristle, or spray equipment. Work the material well into the prepared substrate, filling all pores and voids.

For brush consistency: Apply the first coat of SikaTop® Seal 107 with horizontal brush strokes and leave to harden (4 to 8 hours). Apply the second coat with vertical brush strokes.

For trowel consistency: Apply the first coat with a notched trowel and leave to harden (4 to 8 hours). Apply the second coat with a flat trowel.

For spray application: Use a hopper gun spray equipment, textured sprayer (e.g. Texspray E110c), or a rotor/stator pump equipment. Allow the first coat to harden (4 to 8 hours) prior to the application of the second coat. As soon as the mortar layer starts to set, a uniform surface texture can be obtained by rubbing the surface with a fine sponge or a plastic trowel.

Do not overwork SikaTop® Seal 107 during finishing and avoid the use of additional water. [Where required, a third coat of SikaTop® Seal 107 may be applied no later than 24 hours after the second coat (in this case, do not trowel or sponge finish the second coat). If intercoat period exceeds 24 hours, light grit blasting is required prior to further application].

Balcony Waterproofing Layer: Fill in any spalled areas in the existing substrate with the appropriate Sika repair mortar as required. Apply an appropriately sized closed cell backer rod along transition (wall-slab) to prevent three-sided adhesion. Apply a continuous cant bead of Sikaflex® 11-FC or Sikaflex® 2C, to a depth of 1/8” minimum and 1/2 inch thickness. Allow sealant to cure sufficiently. Substrate must be SSD with no standing water at time of application. Apply a 1/16” thick layer of SikaTop® Seal 107 over the entire balcony. While the material is still wet apply a “360 degree pull” non-alkaline, woven fiberglass mesh to reinforce the 107 layer along static hairline cracks, wall to slab transitions and patched areas. Using trowels remove any wrinkles in the mesh by forcing down into the SikaTop® Seal 107. Ensure the mesh is completely embedded and covered with SikaTop® Seal 107. If any areas are not covered apply additional SikaTop® Seal 107 over top of mesh to cover. Trowel to a smooth uniform finish. Allow curing so that surface can take foot traffic without harming the coating.

Tooling & Finishing Curing: As with all cement based products, curing is important. Protect newly applied product against direct sunlight, wind, rain and frost.

Limitations n If rain is anticipated within 1-2 days after application, the surface should be protected in order to prevent streaking. n Not an aesthetic coating.
n Minimum ambient and substrate temperatures are 45°F (7°C) and rising at the time of application. n Maximum application thickness per coat = 80 mils (2 mm). Do not apply less than 20 ft.2/gal. = 1 m2/liter. n As with all cement based materials, avoid contact with aluminum to prevent adverse chemical reaction and possible product failure. Insulate potential areas of contact by coating aluminum bars, rails, posts etc. with an appropriate epoxy such as Sikadur® Hi-Mod 32.
n Allow 2 days of air curing before subjecting SikaTop® Seal 107 to submersion.

Sika and SikaTop® are registered trademarks.

Printed in Canada.

TO READ AND FOLLOW THE WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH SIKA PRODUCT AS SET FORTH IN THE CUR- RENT PRODUCT DATA SHEET, PRODUCT LABEL AND SAFETY DATA SHEET PRIOR TO PRODUCT USE.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING AND

UNDERWATER LIGHT REPLACEMENT

SPECIFICATIONS
General Requirements and Technical Specs
City of Sacramento
Facilities and Real Property Management
P
age 1 of 1
ADDENDUM #3
Pannell Pool Remodel
August 5, 2025
Revised Bid Proposal to reflect items changed from Addendum 1. The question period has ended.

A
ll other items remain the same.

B
ids are due August 13th by 2 PM to the Office of the City Clerk.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 1 of 6

Facilities and Real Property Management

1 CONTRACTOR NAME: __________________________________________________

TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA:

BID PROPOSAL
Pannell Pool Remodel
Plaster and Underwater Lights
L19706514

in the City and County of Sacramento, California.

The Work is to be done in strict conformity with the Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk, for the following sum:

Item
No.

Item Description
Estimated
Quantity

Unit

Unit Price

Total

DEMOLITION- SWIMMING POOL
1 Drain Pool and Remove Existing
Plaster Finish- Pool Floor and all
Walls (Verify total area of all floor
and wall surfaces)
9,153 SF $ $
2 Remove (1) Cup Anchor Back to bare
Concrete. Brush and Prepare all
threads for new eye bolts.
1 EA $ $
3 1X1 Tile- Removal at Wall, Breakline,
Race Lines and Wall Targets (100%
Tile Demolition interior concurrent
with plaster- 20% Demolition at
Deck Tile).
1 LS $ $
4 Grout Removal at Tile outlined above
(Grout Demolition concurrent with
Tile)
1 LS $ $
5 Carefully Remove Pool Ladders and
remove from site. Note: First
confirm with City Aquatics staff to
7 EA. $ $
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 2 of 6

Facilities and Real Property Management

2 determine if viable and usable at
another City Facility.
6 Remove Handrails and remove from
site. Note: First confirm with City
Aquatics staff to determine if viable
and usable at another City Facility.
3 EA $ $
7 Remove Deck Tile- prepare for “No
Diving” symbols. 42 EA $ $
8 Remove (E) Main Drains and
reinstall.
1 LS $ $
9 Remove (E) Pool return covers and
dispose.
1 LS $ $
10 Remove (E) gutter grating where
failing and prepare for new
installation (10% of 542 Ft).
58 LF $ $
11 Protect (E) Play Structures to
Remain Throughout Construction.

Protect (E) Wall steps during
construction.
1 LS $ $
12 Remove (E) Underwater Pool Lights
And prepare for new pool lights.
22 EA $ $

IMPROVEMENTS- POOL
13 Install New Plaster Finish- Pool Floor
and all Walls (Verify total area for all
floor and wall surfaces). Coordinate
pool drain and fill. Pay for Pool Fill
permit- water costs. Replace Sealant
at Pool Perimeter- Sikasil Pool
Sealant.
9,153 SF $ $
14 Install (1) Spectrum Stainless Cup
Anchor and concrete surround.

Replace ALL eyebolts with new
stainless units.
1 LS $ $
15 1X1 Tile- Replacement at ALL Wall,
Breakline, Race Lines and Wall
Targets. (Bid 100% Replacement
interior of Pool- 20% Replacement at
Deck Tile). 1X1 White tile surround
at all return drains at 12” min.
1 LS $ $
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 3 of 6

Facilities and Real Property Management

3 16 Grout at interior pool Tile (Bid 100%
Replacement at interior of pool- 20%
at Deck Tile- 100% surround tile).
1 LS $ $
17 REPLACE Pool Ladders and Reinstall
with all new stainless hardware.
7 EA $ $
18 REPLACE Handrails and Reinstall
with all new stainless hardware.

Note: Handrails will need to be
fabricated to meet new steps- see
item 29.
3 EA $ $
19 Install new Deck Tile- “No Diving”
Symbols at existing depth markers,
where required. Include grout.
1 LS $ $
20 Reinstall (E) Main Drains 1 LS $ $
21 REPLACE- new Pool floor return
covers.
1 LS $ $
22 Install new gutter grating (Approx.
10% of 542 Ft). Includes all corners
and a few straight sections.
58 LF $ $
23 Install new Underwater Pool Lights
and Integral Wire back to J-Box.

Includes waterproofing at surround.
22 EA $ $
24 Test and Replace Light Conductors
(wire) in-kind back to Elec. Panel.
22 EA $ $
25 Replace Lighting GFCI Circuit
Breakers in-kind at Elec. Panel.
12 EA $ $
26 Replace internal Ground Bus Bars at
each Hydrel J-Box. Replace rusted
hardware inside j-boxes w Stainless.
8 EA $ $
27 Startup of Underwater Lights,
Program Timer and Commission.
1 LS $ $
28 Two-coats Waterproofing at inside of
Gutter (Bottom and Two Walls). Cost
per Linear Foot of Pool Perimeter.

SikaTop Seal-107.
542 LF $ $
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 4 of 6

Facilities and Real Property Management

4 29 CONCRETE- Pool Steps require
build-out of 14” depth top step, and
remaining 12” Steps. Follow detail in
plan set and confirm total steps with
existing conditions.
1 LS $ $
30 Brush Fresh Pool Plaster and
Rebalancing Pool for Min. of 14-Days.

Prepare Pool Startup.
1 LS $ $
31 Mobilization and Demobilization 1 LS $ $
32 Erosion, Dust and Sediment Control
(SWPPP BMP implementation).

Protect all plumbing (main
drains/sumps) from debris.
1 LS $ $
33 Closeout, Punch List, and As-Builts. 1 LS $ $
34 General Conditions (i.e. Oversight,
Temp. RR, Insurance, Performance
and Payment Bonds, etc.).

Demonstrate C-53 License # and
qualification along with bid proposal.
1 LS $ $

CONTRACTOR NAME: TOTAL $

CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 5 of 6

Facilities and Real Property Management

5 SCHEDULE
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned agrees to sign said Contract and furnish the necessary surety bonds and insurance certificates within ten (10) days after receipt of the notice of award of the Contract, and to begin work within TEN (10) days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the City.

DETERMINATION OF LOW BIDDER
SPECIAL CONDITION: THE DETERMINATION OF THE LOW BIDDER WILL BE BASED ON THE BASE BID AND ALL ADDITIVE ALTERNATES. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACT AWARD MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL OF THE ADDITIVE ALTERNATIVES . THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT WHICH ADDITIVE

ALTERNATIVES, IF ANY, TO INCLUDE IN THE CONTRACT AWARD IN ADDITION TO THE BASE BID WORK.

When an item price is required to be set forth in the Bid Proposal, and the total for the item set forth separately does not agree with a figure which is derived by multiplying the item price times the Engineer's estimate of the quantity of work to be performed for said item, the item price shall prevail over the sum set forth as the total for the item unless, in the sole discretion of the City, such a procedure would be inconsistent with the policy of the bidding procedure. The total paid for each such it em of work shall be based upon the item price and not the total price. Should the Bid Proposal contain only total price for the item and the item price is omitted, the City shall determine the item price by dividing the total price for the item by the Engineer's E stimate of the estimated quantities of work to be performed as items of work.

If the Bid Proposal contains neither the item price nor the total price for the item, then it shall be deemed incomplete, and the Bid Proposal shall be disregarded.

BIDDER’S DECLARATION
The undersigned has examined the location of the proposed Work, the local conditions at the place where the Work is to be done, is familiar with the Contract Documents and is familiar and expressly agrees to the liquidated damages provision of the Contract Documents. The undersigned has carefully checked all of the foregoing figures and understands that the City of Sacramento will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this Bid Proposal.

Enclosed is Bid Proposal Guarantee, as required, consisting of a bidder's bond or other acceptable security for not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount Bid Proposal.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 6 of 6

Facilities and Real Property Management

6 The undersigned agrees that all addenda received and acknowledged herein shall become a part of and be included in this Bid Proposal. This Bid Proposal includes the following addenda:

Add. # DATE
Add. # DATE
Add. # DATE

NOTE: State whether your concern is a corporation, a co-partnership, private individual, or individuals doing business under a firm name. If the Bidder is a corporation, the Bid Proposal must be executed in the name of the corporation and must be signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation. If the Bidder is a partnership, the Bid Proposal must be executed in the name of the partnership and one of the partners must subscribe their signature thereto as the authorized representative of the partnership.

CONTRACTOR:

By: __________________________________
(Signature)

(Print or Type)

Title
Address

Telephone No.

Fax No.

EMAIL ADDRESS ______________________
Date

PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY AS BID RESULTS WILL BE SENT VIA EMAIL Contractor Acknowledges that an Active C-53 License is Required.

Contractor's License No. Type
Expiration Date
Tax I.D. Nos.- Fed. State
City of Sacramento Business Operation Tax Certificate No. (City will not award contract if Certificate Number is missing.) DIR Registration No. _______________

FOR CITY USE ONLY

BID BOND SECURITY
Properly Signed
Improperly Signed
Not Included
Not Required

TYPE OF DEPOSIT
Bid Bond
Cashier/Certified Check
Other __________

Initial: __________

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS- PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING PAGE 1 OF 2 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 10 00 Summary- Pannell Pool Replastering
Section 01 20 00 General Scope- Pannell Pool Replastering Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
Section 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures
Section 01 29 00 Payment Procedures
Section 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination
Section 01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation
Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements
Section 01 42 00 References
Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements
Section 01 73 00 Execution
Section 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures and Warranty Form
Section 01 77 00 Warranty and Guarantee Form
Section 01 77 10 Certificate of Compliance
Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents
DIVISION 13 POOLS
Section 13 11 00 Pool General Requirements
Section 13 11 01 Pool Finish Demolition
Section 13 11 04 Pool Ceramic Tile
Section 13 11 05 Pool Plaster
Section 13 11 06 Pool Equipment
Section 13 11 08 Pool Electrical

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS- PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING PAGE 2 OF 2 DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Section 26 05 00 Electrical Materials and Methods
Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 26 25 00 Underwater Pool Lights- Installation Instructions City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

SUMMARY - 011000 - 1
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Project information.

2. Work covered by Contract Documents.

3. Phased construction.

4. Work by Owner.

5. Work under separate contracts.

6. Future work.

7. Owner-furnished products.

8. Access to site.

9. Coordination with occupants.

10. Work restrictions.

11. Specification and Drawing conventions.

12. Miscellaneous provisions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination” for requirements on using web-based Project software.

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: Pannell Pool Replastering and Light Project

1. Project Location:
a. Pannell Pool, 2450 Meadowview Road.

B. Owner: City of Sacramento, 915 I St. Sacramento, CA 95814.

1. Owner's Representative / Architect : Ezra Roati , Senior Architect, Facilities and Real Property Management, Department of Public Works, 5730 24 th Street, Sacramento, CA 95822, (916) 808-5877.

C. Consultants: Owner has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents:

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento
SUMMARY - 011000 - 2

1. City Facilities Architects and Engineers developed the plans.

2. Note: City will retain the use of a Construction Manager on this project, either City staff or a consultant.

D. Construction Inspector:

1. Construction Inspector will be engaged for this Project to serve as an advisor to Owner and to provide assistance in administering the Contract for construction between Owner and Contractor.

E. Web-Based Project Software: Project software administered by Contractor will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage.

1. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for using web-based Project software.

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:

1. Remove and replace plaster, white pool plaster over existing gunnite finish, replace tile, depth markers, wall targets, repair drain grates, remove and replace all pool lights with LED, set into existing J -boxes as referenced in the plan and specifications.

B. Type of Contract:

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.5 WORK BY OWNER
A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with any work performed by Owner.

1.6 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.

1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SUMMARY - 011000 - 3

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption with Owner.

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.

C. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted.

D. Employee Identification: Owner will provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times.

1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections.

2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.

3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.

1.9 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Security Conditions at the Construction Site: Owner is aware of conditions in the immediate vicinity of the construction site that may impact contractor’s performance of the work. These conditions include a high population of unsheltered homeless persons, camping by unsheltered homeless persons, accumulations of trash, clothing, food containers, biohazards, cast -off personal possessions and camping equipment, PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

SUMMARY - 011000 - 4

abandoned bikes, animals, stray animals, panhandl ing activities , persons seeking assistance, medical emergencies, and fire and police activity.

B. Responsibility for Site Security: Contractor shall retain responsibility for site security, site maintenance, site clean -up, protection of materials and equipment including stored, staged and installed materials and equipment, according to contract documents. Contractor’s responsibility shall continue 24 -hours, 7 -days-per-week during the performance of the Work, and as such may require security performed with staff and/or electronic surveillance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 011000
Pannell Pool Replastering and Light Replacement

GENERAL POOL SPECIFICATIONS- SCOPE OF WORK
Section 01 20 00- General Scope of Work Page 1

SPECIFICATION 01 20 00- GENERAL POOL SPECIFICATIONS

1. POOL SPECIFICATIONS

1. SURFACE AREA -------------------------------- 9,153 SF

2. PERIMETER ------------------------------------- 542 LF

3. DEPTH -------------------------------------------- 0 FT TO 6-1/2 FT

4. VOLUME ------------------------------------------ 253,000 GALLONS

5. REQUIRED TURNOVER IN 6 HRS.-------- 653 GPM

2. PROJECT SCOPE
a. This project consists of resurfacing the existing Pannell Pool with a new white plaster interior finish. It includes tile replacement, pool light replacement and start up including the scope as outlined in the plans.

3. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Maintain a valid C-53 contractor’s license (swimming pool construction).

2. Owner has obtained a permit through Sacramento County Environmental Health, Contractor is to call for any necessary inspections. Includes an updated drain cover certification upon completion. Meet with inspectors as needed.

3. Note: a permit through the City of Sacramento Building Department is not required nor provided. This project is considered maintenance repairs.

4. Provide appropriate INSURANCE requirements per the City of Sacramento.

5. Provide appropriate BONDING requirements per the City of Sacramento.

6. Thoroughly inspect the project site and be aware of all conditions relating to the pool’s re-plastering.

7. Provide Submittals and Shop Drawings as requested.

8. Provide Schedule and also provide Schedule of Values / Payment Applications.

9. Provide Experience Qualifications.

10. Provide Temporary Sanitary facilities.

11. Provide manuals, and maintenance guidelines to City Staff.

4. OWNERS REPONSIBILITIES

1. Provide contract documents and General Condition regulations.

2. Provide construction plans.

3. Provide access to the pool area and parking for vehicles and equipment.

4. Provide access to 110V power outlets in the pool area.

5. Provide access to a water source in the pool area.

6. Provide contact information to the on-site operations staff.

7. City staff to provide access to a Sanitary Sewer outlet port.

8. Pool staff to monitor the pool’s re-filling after plaster application.

9. Ensure the pool equipment is ready and operational before the day of re-plaster.

10. Ensure the pool chemical tanks are full before the day of plaster application.

5. SCOPE OF WORK
a. POOL PREPARATION

1. Pool to be drained by contractor. Water to be discharged to sanitary sewer.

Pannell Pool Replastering and Light Replacement

GENERAL POOL SPECIFICATIONS- SCOPE OF WORK
Section 01 20 00- General Scope of Work Page 2

2. The pool will be covered with a mesh tarp to protect the pool deck area and surrounding structures.

3. Prep the existing surface by applying two passes with a 40,000 PSI WATERJET MACHINE. This will remove any SUB-PAR plaster (loose, soft or delaminating) and leave a 3/8” rough profile for optimal adhesion.

4. Haul away the spoils to an approved dump site.

5. Replace the “Back-stroke Pole Anchor” in the floor of the pool. Bond per CEC.

6. Thoroughly clean out the pool shell to remove loose plaster particles, dust and debris.

7. Salvage the Lap Lanes, Wall Targets, Wall Steps and floor inlet fittings.

8. Repairs as outlined in these specs or in the Construction Plans. b. TILE

1. Ensure the entry steps are code compliant. If needed, widen the treads to the correct width and the risers to the correct height per code.

2. Replace the “Trim Tile” on the edge of the entry steps. Install (2) rows of 1” x 1” BLUE – non-slip tile (NPT Unglazed).

3. Replace the “Break-line” across the pool floor at the 4-1/2-foot depth. 4” wide tile stripe using 1” x 1” BLUE non-slip tile (NPT Unglazed).

4. Install new “Tile Surrounds” around (54) floor inlet fittings. Replace the “Caps on all fittings and secure on the day of re-plaster. 12” x 12” square surrounds using 1” x1” white non-slip tile (White Unglazed – NPT)

5. Miscellaneous “Rim-Flow” tile repairs around the pool perimeter – 1” x1” Blue non-slip tile (NPT Unglazed). Includes up to 20 LF x 6” wide.

6. PLASTER
a. MATERIAL;
i. WHITE CEMENT – ASTM C-150 Portland White Cement (Montania) 60% ii. AGGREGATE – DOLOWHITE – Dolomite Pool Grand Sand -40% iii. CALCIUM CHLORIDE (setting accelerator).
b. APPLICATION
i. Mask off the waterline tile, hardware, fittings and fixtures. ii. Pneumatically apply the plaster to the pool walls and floor. iii. Hand trowel to a smooth, dense, impervious plane.
iv. Enclose all pool fittings with plaster to insure a leak proof seal around all pipes, fittings and fixtures.
v. Wipe down all tile on the lap Lanes, Wall Targets and Waterline tile. Remove excess plaster off hardware fittings and fixtures. vi. After the plaster has sufficiently dried, cure the plaster by gradually filling the pool in a continuous flow as quickly as possible. Coordinate with the Pannell Pool Replastering and Light Replacement

GENERAL POOL SPECIFICATIONS- SCOPE OF WORK
Section 01 20 00- General Scope of Work Page 3

City Staff to insure the fill is monitored and not stopped until reaching the waterline.
c. INCLUDED SCOPE- PLASTER UPGRADE:
i. APPLY “DIAMOND BRITE”– (Southern Grouts and Mortars) – Quartz Interior Pool Finish – COLOR “Oyster White”

7. POOL LIGHTS

1. Remove the existing pool lights and disconnect from the power source. Haul away.

2. Provide and install LED White Pool Lights per the plans and specs. Pull the light cords through the existing conduit and connect to power at the existing junction boxes. Test for operation.

3. Apply “Aqua Bond” to the light niche’s ground wire to ensure proper bonding.

4. On the day of plaster, set the new lights in the existing light niches.

8. START-UP

1. All water chemistry and pool filtration equipment shall be operational prior to the pool re-plaster / re-filling.

2. For the first seven calendar days after the pool is re-filled, brush the plaster surface (walls and floor) to remove the “Plaster dust”.

3. Provide and apply the initial chemicals to start up the balancing / chlorination process:
o add Sequestering agent /stain inhibitor (Orenda 1000 or Start up Tec) o add Calcium Chloride to attain a “Water hardness” reading between 200 to 400 ppm.
o add muriatic acid to achieve an Alkalinity reading between 80 to 120 ppm. o add muriatic acid to attain a pH reading between 7.2 and 7.8 o add Chlorine to attain a reading of 3 to 5 ppm.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 1
SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions and Value Engineering.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.

2. Substitutions for Convenience / Equal: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit each reques t separately for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specific ation Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use electronic (PDF) copy of form provided in Project Manual.

2. Documentation: Show c ompliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication, or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 2

b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated.
l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven (7) days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven (7) days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 3

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 10 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without acti on, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience / Equal:

1. Architect will consider requests for substitution if received no later than 10 days prior to Bid Date.

2. All Substitutions for Convenience / Equal must be pre-approved prior to Bid Date.

3. All requests for pre-approval of Substitutions for Convenience / Equal must be in writing.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 4

4. All items, materials or processes that are to be considered for pre-approval must be submitted in the manner described in the individual Specification Sections in which they appear, and must include all required and necessary support information, certificates, and product information needed for evaluation.

Responsibility for assembling and providing adequate review material is solely that of the pre-approval application. Adequacy of the material submitted will be determined solely by the Architect, whose decision shall be final.

5. Inadequate applications will not be reviewed. Neither the Architect nor the Owner has an obligation to notify applicants of inadequate applications prior to the established cut-off dates for review.

6. Neither the Architect nor the Owner has an obligation to review proposed equals prior to Bidding unless pre-approval of a particular material, method or item of equipment is expressly required in the Specifications.

7. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without acti on, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume . Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

END OF SECTION 0125000
(SUBSTITUTION FORM TO FOLLOW)

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 5

FORM FOR USE WITH SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS / EQUALS

TO:

PROJECT:

SPECIFIED ITEM:

SECTION: PAGE: PARAGRAPH: DESCRIPTION:

The undersigned requests consideration of the following:

PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:

Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the requests; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract Documents that pro- posed substitution will require for its proper installation.

The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are cor- rect:

1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings.

2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering, de- sign, detailing and construction costs caused by the requested substitution.

3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades, the construction schedule or specified warranty requirements.

4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution.

The undersigned further states that the function, appearance and quality of the proposed substi- tution are equivalent or superior to the specified item.

Submitted by: Title:

Signature: Date:

Firm: Phone:

Address:

Attachments:

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Accepted: City Architect Rejected: City Architect By: Date: (City) By: Date: (Architect)

END FORM FOR USE WITH SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS / EQUALS
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 6

(This page intentionally left blank)
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 1
SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Owner will issue through Construction Manager supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time,

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: C onstruction Manager will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Work Change Proposal Requests iss ued by Construction Manager are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 2
d.

Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule th at indicates the effect of th
e change, including, but not limited to, changes in acti vity duration, sta
rt and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available tota l float before
requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
e. Quotation Form: Use EZ-PCO form provided by Owner. Sample copy is included at t
he end of this section.
f.

Markups, including percentages of mark-up, shall be allowed only as described w
ithin the EZ-PCO Change Order Proposal and Change Orde r Proposal Summary. No mark-up is allowed for inte
rmediate sub-
contractors.

Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Construction Manager.

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Wor
k. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of
the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purcha
ses and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate qua
ntities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.

5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires sub
stitution of one product or system for product or
system specified.

7. Proposal Request Form: Use EZ-PCO form provided by Owner . Sample copy is included at t
he end of this section.

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A.

On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Construction Manager will issue a Cha
nge Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A.

Construction Change Directive: Construction Manager may issue a Construction Change Directive on form included in Project Manual. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of chan ge in the Work. It also designate
s method to be followed to determine change in the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 3
B.

Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary t
o substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 -
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012600 (SAMPLE FORMS TO FOLLOW)
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 4

SAMPLE FORMS FOR USE WITH CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 5

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 6
END SA

MPLE FORMS FOR USE WITH CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 1
SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative pr ocedures for handling changes to the Contract.

2. Section 013200 "Construction Prog ress Documentation" for administrative requirements governin g the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values (SOV): A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portion s of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (SOV)
A. Coordination: Coordinate the SOV with Contractor's construction schedule.

1. Coordinate line items in the SOV with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Submit the SOV to Owner at earliest possible date, but no later than 14 days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Application for Payment.

3. Sub-schedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction schedule defines separate elements of the Work, provide sub- schedules showing values coordinated with each element.

B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the SOV. Provide at least one line-item for each Specification Section.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento
PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 2

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the SOV:
a. Project name and location.
b. City's Project number.
c. Contractor's name, address and phone number.
d. Date of submittal.

2. Use City provided Schedule of Values form.

3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent (5% min.) of the Contract Sum.

4. Provide a separate line item in the SOV for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.

5. Overhead Costs: Include total cost, overhead and profit for each line item.

6. Closeout Costs. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling equal or greater than five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount.

7. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the SOV when Change Orders (CO) or Construction Change Directives (CCD) result in a change in the Contract Sum.

Include at least one separate line item for each CO and CCD.

1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by City’s Projec t Manager and paid for by Owner.

B. Payment Application Times: The date (20 th of each month) for each progress pay ment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment ten days prior to due date for review by City Labor Compliance, Inspector, Project & Construction Manager.

C. Application for Payment Forms: Use City provided form for Applications for Payment.

Retention withheld will be 5% unless otherwise noted on the Contract.

D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. City will return incomplete applications without action.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 3

1. Entries shall match data on the SOV and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment.

3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration.

E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.

1. Provide address of warehouse facility, certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment for stored materials.

2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials.

3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment.
b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment.
c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.

F. Transmittal: Submit one signed original copy of each Application for Payment to Project Manager by an electronic method ensuring receipt. Include waivers of lien and similar attachments as required.

1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

G. Waivers of Liens: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of lien from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application.

1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers.

3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.

4. Submit final Application for Payment wi th or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.

5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 4

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrati ve actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. List of subcontractors.

2. Schedule of Values (SOV).

3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).

4. Products list (preliminary if not final).

5. Sustainable design action plans, including preliminary project materials cost data.

6. Schedule of unit prices.

7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).

8. List of Contractor's staff assignments.

9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.

10. Copies of building permits.

11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work.

12. Initial progress report.

13. Report of preconstruction conference.

I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After City issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

J. Final Payment Application: After completi ng Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.

2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.

3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.

4. Evidence that claims have been settled.

5. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

6. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 012900
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 1
SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PAR
T 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on P
roject including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General coordination procedures.

2. Coordination drawings.

3. RFIs.

4. Digital project management procedures.

5. Project meetings.

B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. However, General Contractor shall coordinate and be responsible for the entire project.

C. Related Requirements:

1. S
ection 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for prepari ng and s
ubmitting Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field- engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 2

1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performi ng s
ubcontract or supplying products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.

3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

B. Key Personnel Names: Within 5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel i n at
tendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e- mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in each built facility. Keep list current at all times.

1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.

Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its own operations with operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and
oper
ation.

2. Coordinate installation of components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 3
D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Preparation of the schedule of values.

3. Delivery and processing of submittals.

4. Progress meetings.

5. Preinstallation conferences.

6. Project closeout activities.

7. Startup and adjustment of systems.

1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standar d pr
inted data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordinati on dr
awings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to descri be r
elationship of various systems and components.
b. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to coordinati on dr
awings in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review.
c. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical systems.
d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipate d r
eplacement of components during the life of the installation. e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to conceal ed dam
pers, valves, and other controls.
f. Indicate required installation sequences.
g. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Owner indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings in the sam e
m
anner that they are provided to the selected General Contractor.

C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements:

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 4

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings.

2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files in PDF format.

3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use i n pr
eparing coordination digital data files.
a. Owner makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings.
b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in Auto CAD (recent) Version and in Microsoft Windows operating system. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of t he A
greement included in this Project Manual.

1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Owner will return without response those RFIs submitted to Owner by other entities controlled by Contractor.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.

2. Project number.

3. Date.

4. Name of Contractor.

5. Name of Architect and Owner

6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.

7. RFI subject.

8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.

9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.

11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.

12. Contractor's signature.

13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

C. RFI Forms: Form bound in Project Manual or Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Owner.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 5

1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.

D. Owner's Action: Owner will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.

Allow five working days for Owner's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Owner after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Owner's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Owner's time for response will date from time of receipt by Owner of additional information.

3. Owner's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Owner in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following:

1. Project name.

2. Name and address of Contractor.

3. Name and address of Architect.

4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.

5. RFI description.

6. Date the RFI was submitted.

7. Date Owner's response was received.

8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

F. On receipt of Owner 's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Owner within five days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Use of Owner's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Owner's drawings will be provided by Owner for Contractor's use during construction.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 6

1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings.

2. Owner makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings.

3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in PDF.

4. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement included in Project Manual.
a. Subcontractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Owner's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement included in this Project Manual.

5. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline:
a. Site plans.
b. Floor plans.
c. Reflected ceiling plans.

B. Web-Based Project Software: Provide, administer, and use web- based Project software site for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion.

1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features:
a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project.

Include names of individuals and contact information.
b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities.
d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders.
e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided.
f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted.
g. Processing and tracking of payment applications.
h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications.
i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes.
j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control.
k. Management of construction progress photographs.
l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets.

2. Provide up to seven web-based Project software user licenses for use of Owner, Architect, and Architect's consultants. Upon request, provide four hours of software training at Owner's office for web-based Project software users.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 7

3. At completion of Project, provide digital archive in format that is readable by Microsoft Windows applications. Provide data in locked/flattened format.

4. Provide one of the following web- based Project software packages under their current published licensing agreements:
a. Autodesk;
b. Corecon Technologies, Inc.
c. Meridian Systems; Prolog.
d. Newforma, Inc.
e. Procore Technologies, Inc.
f. Viewpoint, Inc.; Viewpoint for Project Collaboration.

C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Owner, prepare as follows:

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.

1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, within three days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Owner will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 8

a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of communications.
g. Use of web-based Project software.
h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs.
j. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
l. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
m. Submittal procedures.
n. Preparation of Record Documents.
o. Use of the premises.
p. Work restrictions.
q. Working hours.
r. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
s. Construction waste management and recycling.
t. Parking availability.
u. Office, work, and storage areas.
v. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
w. First aid.
x. Security.
y. Progress cleaning.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Owner of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Possible conflicts.
i. Compatibility requirements.
j. Time schedules.
k. Weather limitations.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 9
l. Manufacturer's written instructions.
m. Warranty requirements.
n. Compatibility of materials.
o. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
p. Testing and inspecting requirements.
q. Installation procedures.
r. Protection of adjacent work.
s. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner, but no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.

1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archiving web -based Project software site data files.
d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. f. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. g. Requirements for demonstration and training.
h. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment.
j. Submittal procedures.
k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
l. Installation of Owner's fixtures, and equipment.

4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals.

1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 10

2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting.

Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule.

Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site use.
8) Quality and work standards.
9) Status of correction of deficient items.
10) Field observations.
11) Status of RFIs.
12) Status of Proposal Requests.
13) Pending changes.
14) Status of Change Orders.
15) Pending claims and disputes.
16) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule with the report of each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 013100 (SAMPLE FORM TO FOLLOW)
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 11

SAMPLE FORM TO B E USED WITH PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PROCEDURES

END SAMPLE FORM TO BE USED WITH PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PROCEDURES
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 1
SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2. Site condition reports.

3. Unusual event reports.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 011000 “Summary” for concurrent work by Owner under separate contracts.

2. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures” for requirements to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

3. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for construction coordination provisions.

4. Section 013300 “Submittal Procedures” for submittal schedule requirements and procedural requirements for submittals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned start and finish times.

2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.

3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values (SOV) for completing an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 2

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities ar e arranged based on activity relationships.

Network calculations determine when activi ties can be performed and the critical path of Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration (no float).

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.

2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the start of the successor activity.

3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:

1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.

2. PDF file emailed to Owner’s Project Manager.

B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

1. Submit a working digital copy of sc hedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals.

C. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.

D. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.

E. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduling Qualifications: Experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing reports/ diagrams within 24 hours of Owner's request.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 3

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with SOV, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and required documents.

1. Time commitments for critical elements of the Work from entities involved.

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of software specifically to manage construction schedules.

1. Use Scheduling component of Project software specified in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date es tablished for commencement of the Work to date of Substantial Completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

C. Activities: Treat area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Owner.

2. Procurement Activities: Include procurem ent process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to: submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule.

4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion and allow time for Owner’s administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.

D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule and show how Work sequence is affected.

1. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product.

Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 4

3. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Submittals.
b. Purchases.
c. Fabrication.
d. Deliveries.
e. Installation.
f. Adjusting.
g. Curing.

4. Construction Areas: Identify area of construction for each portion of the Work.

Indicate where each construction activity within an area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Permanent space enclosure.
b. Completion of mechanical installation.
c. Completion of electrical installation.
d. Substantial Completion.

E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion:

F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:

1. Unresolved issues.

2. Unanswered Requests for Information.

3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.

4. Notations on returned submittals.

5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time.

G. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need- to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.

2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

1.8 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt- chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 5

1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

1.9 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.

B. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a cost- and resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.

1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date of Notice to Proceed. a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates.

2. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule to coordinate with the Contract Time.

C. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization.
c. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.
e. Fabrication.
f. Installation.
g. Testing and inspection.
h. Punch list and final completion.
i. Activities occurring following final completion.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.

3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time- scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 6

D. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall Project schedule.

E. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.

2. Description of activity.

3. Main events of activity.

4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.

5. Start dates.

6. Finish dates.

7. Activity duration in workdays.

8. Total float or slack time.

1.10 REPORTS
A. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

B. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.

1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence.

Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 013200
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 1
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Submittal schedule requirements.

2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values.

2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software.

3. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.

4. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections.

5. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals.

6. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

7. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Owner's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Owner’s responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals ar e those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 2

1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.

Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Owner and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.

3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.

4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal Category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Owner's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.

1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:

1. Project name.

2. Date.

3. Name of Architect.

4. Name of Owner’s Project Manager.

5. Name of Contractor.

6. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.

7. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.

8. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals.

9. Category and type of submittal.

10. Submittal purpose and description.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 3

11. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items.

12. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.

14. Other necessary identification.

15. Remarks.

16. Signature of transmitter.

B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Owner.

C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Owner on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet.

D. PDF Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number.

1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1. Email: Prepare submittals as a 0PDF and transmit to Owner via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Identify submittal type in email subject line. a. Owner will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Submit all submittal items required fo r each Specification Section concurrently.

Partial submittals are prohibited. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

3. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Owner reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner’s receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 4

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent s ubmittals is required. Owner will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial submittal review.

D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.

2. Note date and content in label or title block and clearly indicate revision extent.

3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Owner's action stamp.

E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

F. Use for Construction: Retain complete c opies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Owner's stamp.

1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit Shop Drawings, not Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 5

5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples.

B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is permitted.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

C. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.

Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.

2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.

D. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of Owner, and other information specified.

E. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections.

Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable.

Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal.

F. Certificates:

1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an i ndividual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated.

2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience.

4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 6

5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Owner.

B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp or indication in web-based Project software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

1. Owner will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval.

1.9 OWNER’S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals: Owner will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it.

1. PDF Submittals: Owner will indicate, via markup on each submittal:
a. No Exceptions Taken
b. Make Corrections Noted
c. Revise and Resubmit
d. Rejected
B. Informational Submittals: Owner will review each submittal and will not return it or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Owner will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

C. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.

D. Owner will only return with review submittals received from the Contractor.

E. Submittals not required in the Contract Documents: returned by Owner with no action.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used

END OF SECTION 013300
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 1
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedur al requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

3. Specific inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

D. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 2

E. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.

Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

F. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities , actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

G. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality- control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager.

1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Owner for direction before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Delegated-Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities.

B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel.

C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified wri tten reports and documents as specified.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 3
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit qualit y-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to commencement of work. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule.

B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.

1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.

C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.

1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.

3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 4

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experi enced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, desig n, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

1.10 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of ac tivities to accommodate required quality- assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspection.

1. Schedule times for inspections and similar activities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Inspection Log: Prepare a record of inspections. Including:

1. Date inspection was conducted.

2. Description of the Work inspected.

3. Date inspection results were transmitted to Architect.

4. Identification of inspector conducting inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.

1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 5

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of inspection and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 014000

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 6

(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

REFERENCES - 014200 - 1
SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other C ontract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

REFERENCES - 014200 - 2

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com.

2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org.

3. AAPFCO - Association of Americ an Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org.

4. AASHTO - American Association of Stat e Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org.

5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org.

6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association;
www.americanbearings.org.

7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com.

8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org

9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org.

10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org.

11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org.

12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org.

13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org.

14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org.

15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org.

16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org.

17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org.

18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org.

19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org.

20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org.

21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

REFERENCES - 014200 - 3

22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com.

23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org.

24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org.

25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org.

26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).

27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).

28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org.

29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org.

30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE).

31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org.

32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org.

33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org.

34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org.

35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org.

36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org.

37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org.

38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org.

39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com.

40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com.

41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org.

42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org.

43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com.

44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com.

45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org.

46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org.

47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org.

48. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org.

49. CE - Conformite Europeenne; http://ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce- marking/

50. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca.

51. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org.

52. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com.

53. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org.

54. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com.

55. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org.

56. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org.

57. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org.

58. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org.

59. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com.

60. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org.

61. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org.

62. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org.

63. CSA - CSA Group; www.csa.ca.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

REFERENCES - 014200 - 4

64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa-international.org.

65. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org.

66. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org.

67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org.

68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA).

69. DASMA - Door and Access Syst ems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com.

70. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org.

71. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA).

72. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemb lies & Materials Association; (See ECIA).

73. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org.

74. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).

75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com.

76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org.

77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org .

78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA).

79. ETL - Intertek (See Intertek); www.intertek.com.

80. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org.

81. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org.

82. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com.

83. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com.

84. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com.

85. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org.

86. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org.

87. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com.

88. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org.

89. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org.

90. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI).

91. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM).

92. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org.

93. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com.

94. IAPSC- International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org.

95. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org.

96. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA).

97. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC).

98. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.

99. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 100. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 101. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 102. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 103. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 104. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org.
105. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 106. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 107. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

REFERENCES - 014200 - 5
108. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu.
109. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 110. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com.
111. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org.
112. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 113. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 114. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 115. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 116. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 117. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 118. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 119. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 120. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 121. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 122. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 123. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org.
124. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 125. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 126. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 127. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 128. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org.
129. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org.
130. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org.
131. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 132. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 133. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 134. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 135. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 136. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 137. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 138. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 139. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 140. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 141. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 142. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 143. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA).
144. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 145. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 146. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 147. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 148. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org.
149. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

REFERENCES - 014200 - 6

150. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 151. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org.
152. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 153. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 154. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 155. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 156. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 157. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 158. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); http://www.plasa.org.
159. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 160. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 161. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 162. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org.
163. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 164. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org.
165. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org.
166. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com.
167. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE).
168. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 169. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org.
170. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 171. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org.
172. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 173. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 174. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org.
175. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 176. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 177. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 178. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com.
179. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 180. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 181. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 182. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 183. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 184. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org.
185. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Indus try Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
186. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 187. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org.
188. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 189. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 190. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; http://www.ul.com. 191. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 192. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 193. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

REFERENCES - 014200 - 7
194. WA - Wallcoverings Association; www.wallcoverings.org 195. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 196. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 197. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 198. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 199. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org.
200. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 201. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org.

2. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.

3. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.

2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.

3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov.

4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.

5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.

6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.

7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.

8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.

9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.

10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.

11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov.

12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.

13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.

14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org.

15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.

16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.

17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.

18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org.

19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.

E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

REFERENCES - 014200 - 8

the standards and regulations in the following li st. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.

2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.

3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS).

4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS).

5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.

6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD).

7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov.

8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB).

F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This inform ation is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov.

2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com.

3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH).

4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program; www.cal-iaq.org.

5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov.

6. SMAQMD; Sacramento Metro Air Quality Management District; www.airquality.org.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 014200
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 1
SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedur al requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

2. Section 014200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.

3. Section 017700 “Closeout Procedures” for information on submittal times.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A s pecification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 2

C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufac turer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article.

2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.

2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.

B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 3

1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous.

2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.

3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 15 and 16 for additional identification requirements.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity of units.

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 4

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.

3. See other Sections for specific cont ent requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will select.

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 5
a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …"

2. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"

3. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …"

4. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.

Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 6

complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements.

2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.

3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.

4. Samples, if requested.

B. Submittal Requirements: Approval of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 016000
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

EXECUTION - 017300 - 1
SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrativ e and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.

2. Field engineering and surveying.

3. Installation of the Work.

4. Cutting and patching.

5. Coordination of Owner-installed products.

6. Progress cleaning.

7. Starting and adjusting.

8. Protection of installed construction.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.

2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.

3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work.

1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Prior to submitting cutting and patching plan, review extent of cutting and patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

EXECUTION - 017300 - 2

from cutting and patching work. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations. c. Trade supervisor(s) responsible for patching of each type of substrate. d. Mechanical and electrical subcontractors' supervisors, to the extent each trade is affecting by cutting and patching operations.

2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.

B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

C. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:

1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching.

2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements.

3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work.

4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.

5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems.

D. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

E. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor.

F. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

EXECUTION - 017300 - 3

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and s upport structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection.

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Fire-suppression systems.
c. Plumbing piping systems.
d. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
e. Communication systems.
f. Fire-detection and -alarm systems.
g. Electrical wiring systems.
h. Operating systems of special construction.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
c. Equipment supports.
d. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
e. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

EXECUTION - 017300 - 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

1. Description of the Work.

2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.

3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.

4. Recommended corrections.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

EXECUTION - 017300 - 5

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.

Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

B. Space Requirements: Verify space r equirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Construction Manager promptly.

B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.

2. Establish limits on use of Project site.

3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.

4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.

5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.

6. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.

3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.

3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

EXECUTION - 017300 - 6

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work.

1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work.

3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.

Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

EXECUTION - 017300 - 7

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

D. Protection: Protect in-place constr uction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

E. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

3. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

4. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Clean conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

EXECUTION - 017300 - 8

3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

F. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

EXECUTION - 017300 - 9
I. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work.

C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

END OF SECTION 017300

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

EXECUTION - 017300 - 10

(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 1 SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination” for information on Waste Management Conferences.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, rem odeling, renovation, or repair operations.

Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 2

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor.

B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.

1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Waste Management Plan is available on the City website.

B. Waste Log: Submit the required Waste Log within 20 days after final inspection.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Construction and Demolition Waste Log available on the City website.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.

C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualificat ions: Experienced firm, or individual employed and assigned by General Contractor, with a record of successful waste City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 3 management coordination of projects with similar requirements. Superintendent may serve as Waste Management Coordinator.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator.

2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition.

3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays.

4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities.

5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.

1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements set forth by City of Sacramento Solid Waste Services. Plan shall consist of waste identification, compliant debris recycling goals, and material management plan, including accompanying Waste Log. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste.

Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECYCLING RECEIVERS AND PROCESSORS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, available recycling receivers and processors include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Kiefer Landfill, 127601 Kiefer Blvd. Sacramento, CA 95683.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators.

Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan.

C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work.

1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.

2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site.

Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.

D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled.

3.2 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor.

C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.

D. Procedures: Process recyclable waste according to approved construction waste management plan.

1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 5 a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.

2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials.

Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.

5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins.

3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals.

1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch size.

2. Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Civil Specifications Section 14 "Earthwork, Excavation, Embankment, and Subgrade" for use as satisfactory soil for fill or subbase.

3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:

1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location.

2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.

3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

B. Wood Materials:

1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.

2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.

C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location.

1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding.

D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 6

3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally disp ose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

B. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials and legally dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.

C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

END OF SECTION 017419
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 1
SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures.

2. Final completion procedures.

3. Warranties.

4. Final cleaning.

5. Repair of the Work.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for final Application for Payment.

2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements.

3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent.

B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance materials in other Sections.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 2

1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, and similar final record information.

3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals.

5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records.

6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.

4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.

5. Complete final cleaning requirements.

6. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 3
notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Owner, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection are the requirements for final completion.

1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."

2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Owner. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.

5. Submit final completion photographic documentation.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Cont ractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first.

2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Architect and Owner
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 4

d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. MS Excel electronic file. Owner will return annotated file. b. PDF electronic file. Owner will return annotated file. c. Web-based project software upload (punch list).
d. Electronic PDF copies. Owner will return annotated PDF file.

1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Owner for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the Project Manual.

D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Owner via weblink by email.

E. Provide PDF’s of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

1. Use cleaning products that comply with California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.

Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site in areas disturbed by construction activities of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
c. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
d. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. e. Remove labels that are not permanent.
f. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.
g. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to fully function. h. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials.

2. Touch up and repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces.

Replace finishes and surfaces that already show evidence of repair.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 6

a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical & electrical. Remove paint applied to labels.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.

4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs dimmed by use, and defective and noisy fixtures to comply with requirements.

3.3 NOTE: SAMPLE WARRANTY FORM IS INCLUDED DIRECTLY FOLLOWING THIS SECTION.

END OF SECTION 017700

WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE FORM

1._________________________________________________________________ ("Contractor") hereby agrees that the___________________________________________ (“Work” of Contractor) which Contractor has installed for the CITY OF SACRAMENTO ("City") for the following project:

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
L19706514(“Project” or “Contract”)
was performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and that the Work as installed fulfills the requirements of the Contract Documents.

2. Contractor agrees to repair or replace all of the Work that may prove to be defective in workmanship or material and any other adjacent Work that may be displaced in connection with such replacement within a period of ____ YEAR(S) from the date of Completion as defined in the Contract, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. The date of completion is .

3. In the event Contractor fails to comply with the above-mentioned conditions within a reasonable period of time, as determined by City, but not later than TEN (10) calendar days after being notified in writing by City, Contractor authorizes City to proceed to repair or replace the defective Work at the expense of Contractor. Contractor shall pay the costs and charges therefor upon demand.

4. Representatives to be contacted for service subject to the terms of Contract:

NAME:___________________________________________________________ ADDRESS:_________________________________________________________ PHONE NO.:_______________________________________________________ EMAIL:___________________________________________________________ Date:_____________________________________________________________ Proper Name of Contractor:__________________________________________ Signature:________________________________________________________ Print Name:_______________________________________________________ Title:_____________________________________________________________

END OF DOCUMENT

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 01 77 10

CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE- PANNELL POOL

REPLASTERING
The C
ontractor does hereby certify that all work has been performed and materials supplied in accordance with the drawings, specifications and Contract Documents for the above Work, and that:

No less than the prev ailing rates of wages as ascertained by the governing body of the Contracting agency has been paid to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on this Work;
There have been no unauthorized substitutes of Subcontractors; nor have any subcontractors been entered into without the names of the Subcontractors having been submitted to the Owner prior to the start of such subcontracted work;
No subcontract was assigned or transferred or performed by any Subcontractor other than the original Subcontractor, without prior notice having been submitted to the Owner together with the names of all Subcontractors;
All claims for material and labor and other service performed in connection with these specifications have been paid;
In WI
TNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and sealed this instrument this day , 2 .

Fir
m Name
Signat
ure
Title
(Attest)
(SEAL IF BIDDER IS A CORPORATION)
As determi ned necessary, evidenc e of complianc e may be requir ed t o be submitted with and made a part of this Certificate of Compliance.

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE – 01 77 10 – PAGE 1

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
CERT
IFICATION OF COMPLIANCE – 01313 – PAGE 1
SECTION 01 77 10
CE

RTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
PART
1 GENERAL

1. No final payment shall be made until the Contractor files with the Owner, prior to acceptance of the Work, a notarized Certification of Compliance in the following form.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 77 10
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 1
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals.

2. Systems and equipment operation manuals.

3. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

4. Product maintenance manuals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.

2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.

1. Owner will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable.

2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 2

B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. Submit PDF documents via email to Ow ner. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals.

2. Submit PDF documents on a USB flash drive and deliver to City PM.

C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft c opy of each manual at least thirty [30] days before commencing demonstration and training. Owner will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.

D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least fifteen [15] days before commencing demonstration and training. Owner will return copy with comments in a digital format.

1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Owner’s comments. Submit digital copies of each corrected manual within fifteen [15] days of receipt of Owner’s comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

E. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.

1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. Provide a USB flash drive with all files sorted by O&M manual sections and renamed appropriately.

1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available.

Scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.

2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.

1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE

MANUALS
A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page.

2. Table of contents.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 3

3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual.

2. Name and address of Project.

3. Name and address of Owner.

4. Date of submittal.

5. Name and contact information for Contractor.

6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.

7. Name and contact information for Owner.

8. Name and contact information for Architect.

9. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a digital file.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."

1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following:

1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.

2. List of Equipment: List equipment fo r each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in a separate list.

3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.

1.8 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 4

system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures.

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descr iptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility.

3. Operating standards.

4. Operating procedures.

5. Wiring diagrams.

6. Precautions against improper use.

7. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

C. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Manufacturer's name.

3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.

4. Equipment function.

5. Operating characteristics.

6. Limiting conditions.

7. Performance curves.

8. Engineering data.

9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures.

2. Routine and normal operating instructions.

3. Normal shutdown instructions.

1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 5

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below.

C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents.

For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data includes more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.

3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.

4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions.

2. Troubleshooting guide.

3. Precautions against improper maintenance.

4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.

5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.

6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.

F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 6

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.

2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.

3. In no way shall lack of maintenance void the warranty on any products nor services warranted for the first year of service. If any service of systems is required to maintain the warranty, then that shall be included to ensure the 1- year warranty is valid and active.

G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.

I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipm ent and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals.

1.10 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures.

2. Repair instructions.

B. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

C. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 017823
City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 1
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings.

2. Record Specifications.

3. Record Product Data.

4. Miscellaneous record submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files.

2. Section 017300 "Execution" for final property survey.

3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.

4. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked-up record prints.

2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set of file prints.
2) Owner will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal:
1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set of prints.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 2

2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.

B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

1. Submit scans of marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.

D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

E. Reports: Submit written report monthly indica ting items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.

1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Instal ler, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
d. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
e. Actual equipment locations.
f. Duct size and routing.
g. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
h. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive (CCD). i. Changes made following Owner’s written orders.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 3
j. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
k. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. l. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Owner. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:

1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings.

2. Format: DWG Version 2015 or previous, Microsoft Windows operating system.

3. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.

4. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.

5. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner for resolution.

6. Owner will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect/Owner will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.

C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.

3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect and Owner.
e. Name of Contractor.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 4

1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made.

4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.

5. Note related Change Orders and record Drawings where applicable.

B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Specifications.

1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.

C. Format: Submit record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Product Data.

1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

City of Sacramento PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 5
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file.

1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.

1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Owner’s reference during normal working hours.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 017839

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING City of Sacramento

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 6

(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 1

SECTION 13 11 00 - POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. The scope of the work included under this Section of the Specifications shall include swimming pool(s) as illustrated on the Drawings and specified herein. The General and Supplementary Conditions of the Specifications shall form a part and be included under this Section of the Specifications. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide all supervision, labor, material, equipment, machinery, plant and any and all other items necessary to complete the work. ALL OF THE WORK IN SECTIONS 131100 – 131108 IS TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ONE EXPERIENCED

SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR PRIMARILY ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF COMMERCIAL PUBLIC -USE SWIMMING POOLS. A SWIMMING POOL

CONTRACTOR SHALL BE CONSIDERED PRIMARILY ENGAGED AS REQUIRED HEREIN IF THE CONTRACTOR DERIVED 50% OF ITS ANNUAL REVENUE FROM

PUBLIC-USE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH OF THE LAST FIVE YEARS. THE CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE ALSO, IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS CONSTRUCTED AT LEAST FIVE (5) COMMERCIALLY DESIGNED MUNICIPAL AND

PUBLIC-USE SWIMMING POOLS, EACH OF WHICH SHALL HAVE
INCORPORATED A MINIMUM SIZE OF 6,000 SQUARE FEET OF WATER

SURFACE AREA WITH A CONCRETE AND CERAMIC TILE PERIMETER OVERFLOW GUTTER AND SELF-MODULATING BALANCE TANK.

The Swimming Pool Contractor shall furnish and install the swimming pool finishes, swimming pool electrical systems, and all accessories necessary for a complete, functional swimming pool system, as herein described. Work shall include start -up, instruction of Owner’s personnel, as-built plans, and warranties as required.

1.2 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES

A. The swimming pools shall be constructed in strict accordance with the applicable provisions set forth by authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction and operation in the State of California.

B. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all government sales taxes, fees, and other costs in connection with his work; file all necessary plans, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver same to the Designated Representative before request for acceptance and final payment for the work.

C. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall include in the work any labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown on Drawings and/or specified.

D. The Contractor shall submit all required documents and materials to all Governmental Departments having jurisdiction for any deferred approval items or substituted materials or products to obtain final approval to installation.

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 2

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Furnish and perform supervision, coordination, all layout, demolition, hand trim, disposing off -site of all unused material or debris to complete the swimming pool resurfacing and other scope as shown on the plans.

B. Furnish and install swimming pool finishes, including ceramic tile and marble plaster or other waterproof finishes.

C. Furnish and install swimming pool electrical system(s) from P.O.C. in Mechanical Room, including, but not limited to, underwater lighting systems and all conductors, contactors, and switches between the system(s) and swimming pool(s).

D. Furnish and install all required anchors and inserts for the specified equipment as required by code, shown on the Drawings and specified herein.

E. After the initial filling of the swimming pool system(s), should any repairs, continuing work, or other Subcontractor responsibility require drainage or partial drainage of the swimming pool systems, the Swimming Pool Contractor shall be responsible for any subsequent refilling and shall complete the project with the swimming pool system(s) full of water, water in chemical balance, complete in every way, and in full operation.

1.4 ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES AND RELATED WORK

A. It is the intent of this section of the Specifications to clarify Work responsibilities of the trades directly and indirectly involved in construction of the pool systems. All labor, equipment, materials and supplies furnished by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor and other Subcontractors shall be as directed by the Owner through his Designated Representative.

B. THE SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SUBCONTRACT ANY

PORTION OF THE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION OR SWIMMING POOL

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION TO ANYONE OTHER THAN A SUBCONTRACTOR THAT SATISFIES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 131100.

C. References to “swimming pool systems” shall include the swimming pools, equipment, and accessories.

D. The Owner will provide one complete water filling of the swimming pool(s), but will not assume any responsibility for the swimming pool system(s) until they have been proved fully operational, complete in every way and accepted by the Designated Representative.

1.5 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OTHER TRADE CONTRACTORS AND THE

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/POOL CONTRACTOR

A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide adequate temporary light, electric power, heat and ventilation per Federal and State OSHA requirements to construct the swimming pool system(s).

B. The Construction Manager shall not permit any heavy equipment activity over any area or within five (5) feet of any area under which swimming pool piping is buried. There shall be no exceptions to this requirement.

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 3

C. The Pool Contractor shall keep the swimming pool excavation(s) and swimming pool structure(s) free of construction residue and waste materials of his workmen or Subcontractors, removing said material from the swimming pools as required.

D. The Pool Contractor shall protect the swimming pool(s) from damage caused by his construction equipment and /or workmen and Subcontractors.

E. The Construction Manager shall provide a representative at the time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate all trades related to swimming pool system(s).

1.6 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

A. The Electrical Contractor shall be licensed in the State of California.

B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all conduits, conductors, panels, circuits, switches and equipment for swimming pool lighting as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

C. All equipment, material and installation shall be as required under Division 26 of the Specifications and shall conform to NEC Article 680 (latest revision), State and Local Codes, and as may be required by all authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction within the State of California.

D. The Electrical Contractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start - up to coordinate work related to swimming pool lighting system(s).

1.7 INTENT

A. It is the intention of these specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Wherever the work “provide” is used, it shall mean “furnish and install complete and ready for use.”
B. Minor details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for proper installation and operation, shall be included in the work, the same as if herein specified or shown.

1.8 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Provide a Schedule of Values for all work specified in each of the technical specifications listed in the table below, regardless of whether the work is performed by the swimming pool contractor or others. Values listed shall be fully burdened, with contractor general conditions, overhead, profit and bonds included. Payments for swimming pool work completed shall not be approved until Schedule of Values has been submitted to and approved by Architect & Construction Manager.

SWIMMING POOL SOV
No. Section # Description Value

1. 131101 Swimming Pool Demolition

4. 131104 Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile

5. 131105 Swimming Pool Plaster

6. 131106 Swimming Pool Lighting/Equipment
Total
Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 4

1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Subcontractor's use in preparing submittals.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing submittals with performance construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. City Construction Manager (CM) reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for schedules performance of related construction activities.

D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re - submittals as follows. Time for review shall commence on City CM 's receipt of submittal.

1. Initial Review: Allow fifteen (15) days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. C i t y CM will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to City CM. Submittal will be returned to City CM before being returned to Subcontractor.

3. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

4. Allow fifteen (15) days for processing each submittal.

5. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.

E. Identification: Place a title block on each submittal for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on title block.

2. Provide a space on title block to record Subcontractor's review and approval markings and action take by Architect.

3. Include the following information on title block for processing and recording action taken: (See Attached Sample)
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Subcontractor.
d. Name of Subcontractor.
e. Name of Supplier.
f. Name of Manufacturer.
g. Unique identifier, including revision number.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Other necessary identification.

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 5

SUBMITTAL FOR: SUBMITTAL TO: SUBCONTRACTOR:

Item Number:

Section Number:

Section Description:

Subcontractor:

Supplier:

Manufacturer:

Product Code:

Quantity:

Subcontractor Certification: Contractor's Submittal Stamp:

It is hereby certified that the equipment or
material designated in this submittal is
proposed to be incorporated in the above
named project and is in compliance with the
contract drawings and / or
specifications and is submitted for approval.

Certified by:

Date:

Job
Superintendent:

Revisions:

City CM Review Stamp and Comments

F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract documents on each submittal.

G. On all catalogue or cut sheets identify which model or type is being submitted.

H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Product data and shop drawings shall be packaged within a three ring binder and colored samples shall be packaged on a heavy cardboard. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form.

1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Subcontractor's letterhead, record relevant information, request for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals and deviations from requirements of the Contract documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal.

2. Include Subcontractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requires of the Contract Documents.

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 6

3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Destination (To:).
d. Source (From:).
e. Names of Subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal purpose and description.
h. Remarks.

I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, Subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction.

1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. To obtain approval to use unspecified products, bidders shall submit requests for substitution at least ten (10) days prior to bid date. Requests shall only be considered if they clearly describe the product for which approval is asked, including all data necessary to demonstrate acceptability. All unspecified products and equipment will be considered on an “or equal” basis at the discretion of the Designated Representative.

Requests for substitution received after the specified deadline will not be considered.

Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the General Conditions / Special Conditions / Division 1 concerning substitutions and the requirements of this Article, this Article (Section 131100, Article 1.11) shall govern.

B. Where the Swimming Pool Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or any other part of the architectural, mechanical, or electrical layout, all such redesign and all new drawings (stamped by California Licensed Engineer) and detailing required shall be prepared by the Swimming Pool Contractor, at his own expense, submitted for review and approval by the Designated Representative prior to bid.

C. Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of piping, supports and anchors, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Swimming Pool Contractor shall furnish and install any such piping, structural supports, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring and conduit, and any other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.11 DRAWINGS

A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of the systems and work included in the Contractor. Drawings are not to be scaled. The architectural drawings and details shall be examined for exact dimensions. Where they are not definitely shown, this information shall be obtained from the Designated Representative or verified in the field.

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 7

1.12 SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR

A. The swimming pool construction work as herein described and specified in Division 13 of the Project Manual shall be the complete responsibility of a qualified and specifically licensed (C - 53 license classification within the State of California) Swimming Pool Subcontractor with extensive experience in commercial public use swimming pool installations.

B. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the amount of 100% of the Swimming Pool Contractor’s bid written by a surety Company properly registered in the State of California and listed by the U.S. Treasury. The expense of the bond(s) is to be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall clearly specify the amount and requirements of the bond(s) in the Contractor’s written or published request for subbids. The Contractor’s written or published request for subbids shall also specify that the bond(s) expense is to be borne by the Subcontractor.

C. Contractor certifies that it meets the qualifications and experience requirements established in Swimming Pool General Conditions, Section 131100, as follows:

1. Contractor has derived 50% of its annual revenue from public-use swimming pool construction for each of the last five (5) years.

2. Contractor has, in the last five (5) years, constructed at least five (5) commercially designed municipal and public -use swimming pools, each of which have incorporated a minimum size of 6,000 square feet of water surface area with a concrete and ceramic tile perimeter overflow gutter and self -modulating balance tank.

3. The following list of projects meet the requirements of section (b) above and the contact as reference by the Contractor, the Awarding Authority of their agent or designee.

a. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for
Project:
b. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for
Project:
c. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for
Project:
d. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 8

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for
Project:
e. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for
Project:

D. Swimming Pool Finishes Subcontractor other than the swimming pool Contractor certifies that it meets the qualifications and experience requirements established in Swimming Pool General Conditions, Section 131100, as follows:

1. Subcontract has, in the last five (5) years, constructed at least five (5) commercially designed plaster pool finishes.

2. The following list of projects meet the requirements of section (b) above and the contact as reference by the Contractor, the Awarding Authority of their agent or designee.

SWIMMING POOL DECK

SUBCONTRACTOR

a. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents
2450 Meadowview Road
POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 131100 - 9

1.13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

A. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall determine from actual samples of pool water supplied by the Owner, the proper water management program necessary for maximum operating efficiency and comfort. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall provide the services of experienced personnel familiar with this type of pool system operation, in conformance with Section 131105 of the Specifications.

1.14 MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall provide PDF sets for electronic delivery to the Designated Representative of instructions for operating and maintaining all systems and equipment included in this Contract. Manufacturer’s advertising literature or catalog pictures will not be acceptable for operating and maintenance instructions.

B. Bound in PDF set shall be all parts lists, periodic maintenance instructions and troubleshooting guidelines for all pool equipment, including but not limited to filters, pumps, controllers, water chemistry control equipment, etc.

1.15 SECURE FROM THE OWNER

A. A complete Owner-furnished filling of the swimming pools.

B. The Owner’s assistance, as specified herein, from the time of start -up until final written acceptance of the swimming pool system(s).

C. Chemicals as required for swimming pool operation after Swimming Pool Contractor completes initial water chemistry balance and water treatment during the maintenance period described in Section 131105 of the Specifications.

1.16 WARRANTY

A. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall warrant all swimming pool structures, finishes and systems against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year after the date of acceptance by the Owner. Any repair or replacement required due to defective material or workmanship will be promptly corrected by the Swimming Pool Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION 131100
Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents

2450 Meadowview Road

POOL DEMOLITION 131101 - 1

SECTION 13 11 01 - POOL DEMOLTION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1. 1

DESCRIPTION
A. Demolition of all swimming pool finishes (including plaster, damaged tile, etc.) to expose the structure of the swimming pool as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Protection of all existing swimming pool tile to remain.

1. 2

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Conform with requirements of the General Conditions, and more specifically the following:

1. Comply with California Building Code, latest edition.

2. Comply with applicable construction safety orders, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA.

3. Comply with applicable trench safety provisions, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA.

B. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

C. Project/Site Conditions:

1. Be familiar with site and subsurface conditions.

2. Contractor shall review the Geotechnical Investigation Report as furnished by the Owner’s Representative to determine the suitability of the soils.

Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents

2450 Meadowview Road

POOL DEMOLITION 131101 - 2

D. Adverse Weather Conditions:

1. When unfavorable weather conditions necessitate interrupting operations, prepare areas to avoid collection of water. Provide adequate temporary drainage to prevent damage.

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Provide submittals in conformance with requirements of Section 013300.

B. Required submittals include:

1. Offsite hauling tickets and Waste Management Log.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A of this Section

1.4 EXCAVATING & TRENCHING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. All trenches, holes, etc. are to be completely protected using solid barricades, steel plates, and plywood both during construction and during off hours, including night time.

B. Flashing warning light barricades are required on sidewalks, roads, and any other critical areas that require night time protection.

C. Roads, paths and sidewalks shall not be blocked at any time or in any way. Trenching across roads, paths or sidewalks involves special instructions and review of the construction procedure by the Owner’s Representative at least three (3) days prior to the Work actually being started.

D. Construction equipment, including all trucks, cars, etc. shall not be parked or driven on pool decks, paths or sidewalks. Items not allowed on roads, paths or sidewalks include hoses, power cords, ropes, construction materials, dirt and debris, etc.

E. All roads, paths and sidewalks must remain clear and the Contractor shall maintain temporary safe and effective pedestrian access at all times.

F. Drawings show existing major underground utilities using the best information available. The Contractor shall also fully check public works reference drawings prior to excavation. Call local Dig Alert to locate utilities to ensure safety.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1.1 MATERIALS

A. Environmental characteristics and corrosion potential of import materials shall also be considered. Proposed import materials shall be sampled, tested, and approved by Inspector prior to its transportation to the site.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Verify drawing dimensions and elevations with actual field conditions. Inspect related Pannell Swimming Pool Remodel
Construction Documents

2450 Meadowview Road

POOL DEMOLITION 131101 - 3

Work and adjacent surfaces and report discrepancies and conditions which prevent proper execution of the Work to the Owner’s Representative.

3.2 SUBGRADE IMPROVEMENTS
A. None

3.3 DEMOLITION

A. Checking Layout: Contractor shall, before commencing the demolition work, check all lines, and levels for dimensions, angles, elevations and grades to match existing pool configuration.

B. Dimensions: Demolish to proper dimensions to receive new finishes, cut square and smooth with proper depth for new plaster or tile . Prepared demolition shall be approved by City Inspector prior to installation of new finishes.

C. Excess Water Control: Keep pool free from standing water by pumping, draining or providing proper protection against water intrusion into the pool during demolition.

3.4 BACKFILLING

A. None.

3.5 GRADING

A. None.

3.6 CLEAN-UP

A. Disposal: Haul away rubbish, debris, and rocks from site promptly and dispose of legally. Burning rubbish on site is prohibited.

B. Dust and Noise Abatement: During entire period of construction keep area and material being loaded sprinkled to reduce dust in air and annoyance to premises and surrounding property.

END OF SECTION 13 11 01

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 4

SECTION 13 11 04 - POOL CERAMIC TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Furnish and install all swimming pool ceramic tile detailed on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Gutter Bullnose Tile (Rimflow pools)

2. Bond Beam / Waterline Tile (Rimflow pools)

3. Depth / Caution Marker Tile (on top of rim flow bond beam and waterline.)

4. Zero Depth Entry Tile

5. Trim Tile (at steps)

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All Work of this Section shall be performed or supervised by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.

B. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The contractor / subcontractor for this portion of the Work shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commence- ment of this work, and shall demonstrate to the approval of the Owner’s Representative that his record of workmanship is satisfactory.

2. For actual construction operations, use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

C. C. Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

1. Manufacture of all tile shall be in accordance with ANSI A-137.

2. Install ceramic tile in accordance with the recommendations contained in 2018 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.

D. Tolerances: Install all swimming pool ceramic tile straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 500.

Waterline and gutter bullnose tile shall be level to 1/8” (+/ - 1/16”) around entire perimeter of swimming pool.

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300.Samples:

Submit samples of each color and pattern in the specified groups. Character samples can be representative for review prior to screening of actual tile.

B. Master Grade Certificate: Prior to opening ceramic tile containers, submit a Master Grade Certificate, signed by the manufacturer of the tile used and issued when the Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 5

shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for the tile containers, and the name and location of the Project.

C. Specifications: Submit PDF copies of manufacturer's recommended installation specifications for this Work.

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool ceramic tile before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work of all other trades.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS- PROVIDE A SUBMITTAL FOR EACH:

2.1 TILE:

A. Gutter Bullnose Tile:

1. Material: All gutter bullnose tile shall be unglazed ceramic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 2 inches (#C-701)

3. Color: Blue throughout the body of the tile #DK-353 ‘Nautical Blue’. Contact Kylee Midura [email protected] (858) 344-0019.

B. Bond Beam / Waterline Tile:

1. Material: All bond beam tile shall be unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches

3. Color: Blue throughout the body of the tile #DK-353 ‘Nautical Blue’.

C. Depth / Caution Marker Tile (on top of bond beam and waterline at rim flow pool)

1. Material: All depth/caution marker tile shall be unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches

3. Color: Integral color throughout the body of the tile #D-014 ‘Light Gray’ numbers and letters on ‘blue’ field of #DK-353 ‘Nautical Blue’.

D. Zero Depth Entry Tile

1. Material: All depth/caution marker tile shall be unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches
Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 6

3. Color: Integral color throughout the body of the tile #D317 ‘White’.

E. Trim Tile (on underwater steps)

1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches with S-812 quarter round. Color: Dal-Tile #D-311. ‘Black’.

3. Size: 2 x 6 inches with integral quarter round. Color: Black, non-slip.

Inlays #CPC00022.

2. 2
MORTAR
A. Sand for Mortar: Comply with requirements of fine aggregate for concrete.

B. Cement: Type 1 Portland Cement, conforming to ASTM C150 C. Hydrated Lime: Conforming to ASTM C206 or 207, Type S.

D. Water: From a potable source.

E. Mortar shall meet ASTM C270 Standards.

2. 3

THIN SET MORTAR
A. Laticrete 254 Platinum. Laticrete, Custom or equal.

B. Water from a potable source
C. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627.

2. 4

GROUT
All tile grout shall be waterproof grout complying with the recommendations of referenced standards. Grout color shall be grey for dark backgrounds, white for light backgrounds (verify)

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 7

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Inspection:

1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that ceramic tile can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved

3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Method:

1. Install all ceramic tile in strict accordance with installation method P601-90 of the 2018 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.

2. Be certain to install all ceramic tile perfectly level, flush, plumb, and to the finish grades and elevations indicated on the Drawings.

B. Interface:

1. Carefully establish and follow the required horizontal and vertical elevations to insure proper and adequate space for the work and materials of other trades.

2. Coordinate and cooperate as required with other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of ceramic tile Work with the Work of other trades.

3.3 GROUTING

A. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions.

B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners.

3.4 EXTRA STOCK
A. Provide one (1) unopened box of extra tile of each type for Owners use at a future time.

3.5 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the swimming pool ceramic tile installation, thoroughly clean and polish the exposed surfaces of tile work. Completely clean work area of debris and rubbish.

END OF SECTION 131104
Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL PLASTER 131105 - 8

SECTION 13 11 05 - POOL PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Swimming pool plaster and waterproofing of swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified.

B. Start-up and operation instructions to Owner’s operations and maintenance personnel and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry until the Owner takes occupancy.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

B. Standards: Swimming pool plaster shall conform with requirements of Chapter 31B of California Building Code, latest edition. In addition, meet requirements of applicable portions of most current edition of the “Technical Manual,” National Plasterers Council, Mission Viejo, California.

C. Start-up:

1. Furnish a swimming pool water chemistry consultant, with a minimum of five (5) years experience, possessing either AFO (Aquatic Facility Operator) or CPO (Certified Pool Operator) certification(s), to supervise and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry.

2. Demonstrate to the Owner’s Representative that all systems are fully operational and that calcium hardness, total alkalinity, chlorine residual and pH levels are within specified limits.

3. Standards: Furnish labor and chemicals as required to condition the water properly to the following specifications:
a. Calcium Hardness: 200-400 parts per million (PPM)
b. Total Alkalinity: 80-100 PPM
c. Chlorine Residual: 1.00 to 2.00 PPM
d. pH Factor: 7.2 to 7.6

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL PLASTER 131105 - 9

A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.

B. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A and 1.2.C.1 of this Section.

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool plaster before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

A. No plastering shall be done under unsuitable conditions of weather or temperature. No plastering shall be done when prevailing temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less.

B. Do not install plaster during rain and, if rain commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from rain by all means necessary until the plaster has set.

C. Do not install plaster during wind greater than 10 mph and, if wind commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from wind by all means necessary until the plaster has set.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CEMENT / AGGREGATE

A. Luna Quartz® tiny pebble finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Altima® quartz finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Pebble-Fina® pool finish by Pebble Technologies

2.2 COLOR

A. All swimming pool plaster shall be white in color. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Luna Quartz® “Polar White”. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Altima® “White”. Pebble Technology shall be Pebble-Fina® “Classico”. Contractor to obtain written approval on selected pebble color from the local Health Department prior to installation. Submit cut sheet, color sample and written approval for review by Architect and Owner.

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL PLASTER 131105 - 10

2.3 WATER
A. Water for swimming pool plaster shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of acid, alkali, and organics.

2.4 GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER WATERPROOFING A. Xypex, Miracote Miraflex Membrane C or approved equal. Mix and apply per manufacturer’s recommendations for specific application. Color shall be Gray.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation can properly commence.

2. Verify that swimming pool plaster can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards, including proprietary application techniques and application training/certifications
B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER

WATERPROOFING
A. Provide two (2) coats of the specified gutter and surge chamber waterproofing prior to plastering the swimming pool. Prepare surfaces to receive waterproofing and cure in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide steel trowel application method to ensure uniform smooth, dense surface finish.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF POOL PLASTER
A. Outdoor Pools or Spas:

1. Completion of other work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department and/or other governing agencies have approved the pool(s) and/or spas) for plaster.

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL PLASTER 131105 - 11

b. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
c. All landscaping in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) is complete and the landscape irrigation system is operable.
d. All painting in the pool area is complete.
e. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. f. The backwash sewer connection is complete.
g. Pool(s) and/or spa(s) area(s) perimeter fencing installation is complete. h. All trash and debris have been removed from areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s), particularly those areas that are normally upwind from the pool(s) or spa(s).
i. All dust raising construction and/or activities in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) are complete or mitigated.
j. The circulation pump(s) is/are operational.
k. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
l. All necessary chemicals (Chorine, pH adjuster, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride or any other required chemicals) are on site and ready for use.
m. Obtain written approval from the Owner’s Representative.

B. Contractor accepts all liability from damage done to the pool plaster if the pool(s) or spa(s) is (are) plaster before the completion of the above listed items or without the written approval of the Owner’s Representative and the Architect.

C. POOL PLASTER AUTHORIZATION FORM:

1. The pool(s) and or spa(s) at Pannel Meadowview is/are hereby approved for the installation of the pool plaster. Pursuant to the requirements of specification section 131105, paragraph 3.3.

Owner Date
Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL PLASTER 131105 - 12

D. Preparation:

1. Do not apply plaster over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable plaster finish.

2. Consult with manufacturer on application to specific surfaces being treated.

Follow manufacturer's recommendation for curing of cast-in-place concrete or shotcrete surfaces prior to application of plaster.

3. Protect ceramic tile, decking, deck equipment, gratings, fittings and other items by suitable covering or masking.

4. Mask or remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place not to receive pool plaster. Following completion of plaster for each space or area remove masking. Re-install all removed items utilizing workers skilled in the trades involved.

E. Application:

1. Finish shall be applied to a uniform thickness of 3/8” to ½” over the entire surface. The walls shall be scratch -coated followed by a finish coat. Material applied to the floor after the walls have been applied shall be accelerated to assure uniform setting time throughout the pool surface.

2. Float the plaster to a uniform plane and trowel to a smooth, dense, impervious surface using extreme care to avoid stains.

3. Take special care in finishing around pool fittings, making sure to mask off or plug openings so as not to fill such openings with excess plaster. Be certain to completely enclose pool fittings with plaster to insure a leak -proof seal around pipes, fittings, lights, anchors, etc.

4. Accurately interface with the finish planes of items installed by other trades.

5. Quartz and pebble plaster finish is to be applied by a licensed applicator as approved by the manufacturer, and in accordance with manufacturer’s training.

3.4 CURING

A. Preparation: Anticipate the need for required equipment and have all such equipment immediately available for use upon completion of pool plastering.

B. Pool Filling:

1. After the plaster has sufficiently dried and before drying has proceeded to a damaging point, cure the plaster by gradually filling the pool with water, preventing all damage to finished plaster surfaces.

2. Flow the water continuously until the pool is filled.

3. When the weather is hot and/or water pressure is low, keep the pool walls damp while the pool is filling.

4. Coordinate with Contractor to ensure that the pool is continuously monitored while filling to prevent overfill.

3.5 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION

A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.

B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Project #17034
POOL PLASTER 131105 - 13

ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen -day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen-day period.

C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques involved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy).

3.6 CLEAN-UP

A. Upon completion of swimming pool plaster, remove all materials, equipment and debris occasioned by this Work and leave the job site in a clean and presentable condition.

Perform all such clean-up to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

3.7 WARRANTY

A. All applicators must provide a minimum of five (5) year warranty for application and workmanship additional to the manufacturer’s warranty for product.

END OF SECTION 131105
Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Pool Specs
POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 1

SECTION 13 11 06 - SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Supply and install pool equipment items as required for this Work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All Work of this Section shall be performed or supervised by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.

B. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The contractor / subcontractor for this portion of the Work shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of this work, and shall demonstrate to the approval of the Owner’s Representative that his record of workmanship is satisfactory.

2. For actual construction operations , use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the materials and methods specified.

C. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with regulations governing public swimming pools and spas as contained within State and Local Codes.

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300.

B. Required submittals include:

1. Swimming Pool Equipment as specified in Article 2.3-2.20 of this Section.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2 A of this Section.

D. The equipment shown on the plans represent the first listed items in the technical specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for all required field coordination and installation of any approved equal product to provide a fully working and warranted system. The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for any products used other than the first listed specified items. Contractor provided shop drawings shall include details and quality equal to the original plans Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Pool Specs
POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 2

and construction documents. The Contractor shall provide any and all required engineering for any proposed equipment other than the first listed specified equipment..

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect pool equipment items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work of all other trades.

B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS- PROVIDE A SUBMITTAL FOR EACH:

2.1 SAFETY EQUIPMENT

A. None.

2.2 FITTINGS

A. Pool Underwater Lights: Pentair #601303 Intellibrite white LED with stainless steel face rings, 55 watt LED and LWC. Stainless steel niches, Pentair #78210600 with 1” hubs, or approved equal. Field Verify quantity required.

B. Junction Box for Underwater Lights, completed with strain reliefs: Hydrel #1719, Appleton or approved equal. Eleven (11) required.

2.3 DECK EQUIPMENT

A. Lane Line Anchors: Commercial cup anchor with insert. ‘Spectrum’ #58316 stainless steel, no know equal. Refer to plans for quantities.

B. Recessed Steps: KDI-Paragon #32102, no known equal. Refer to plans for quantity.

C. Stainless Steel Escutcheon Plates for Grab Rails, Hand Rails & Ladders: KDI -Paragon 28301, no known equal. Refer to plans for quantities.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Inspection:

1. Prior to installing the items of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that the pool equipment items may be installed in strict accordance with original design, pertinent codes and regulations, and the manufacturers' recommendations.

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents

Pool Specs
POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 3

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Installer of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Supply and install items of swimming pool equipment in strict accordance with applicable codes and regulations, the original design, and the manufacturer's published recommendations, anchoring firmly and securely for long life under hard use.

B. Coordinate with other trades to ensure all imbedded items are set plumb and flush.

Railing ends must have anchor sockets and escutcheon plates. Be certain that deck equipment and railings are properly bonded prior to imbedding.

C. All equipment shall be braced and/or anchored to resist horizontal force acting in any direction using the criteria shown on the Drawings.

3.3 START-UP AND INSTRUCTION

A. The Contractor shall provide a factory certified representative(s) to start -up and certify proper installation, operation and full warranty status of all swimming pool equipment.

The Contractor shall provide on-site training for facility staff in the operation and maintenance of the swimming pool equipment and systems. This startup shall be completed within the 14-day start-up period.

3.4 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION

B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen -day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen-day period.

3.5 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool equipment, remove all debris, materials and equipment occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION 131106
Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 1
SECTION 13 11 08 - POOL ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install the swimming pool electrical system including but not limited to:

1. A complete and operable system switches and wiring for underwater lights.

2. Junction and/or pull boxes, conduits, disconnects, starters, contactors, wiring and connection of underwater pool lights.

3. Swimming pool underwater lighting systems.

4. Adjusting and preliminary operation of the completed electrical system as described in Article 3.6, A of this Section.

5. Cleaning of all completed Work and installation adjustment of all trim and decorative items.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials specified.

B. Ordinances and Codes: Materials and construction shall conform with all applicable code requirements, including:

1. National Electrical Code; Electrical Safety Orders of the State of California; Department of Industrial Relations; regulations of the State Fire Marshal; rules and regulations of the Board of Underwriters of the Pacific.

2. Chapter 31 of California Building Code, latest edition.

C. Verification of Conditions:

1. The locations shown on the Drawings are diagrammatic only and the exact finish location of equipment and materials cannot be indicated. Therefore, locations of all Work and equipment shall be verified to avoid interferences, preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials which may be necessary to accomplish these purposes.

D. Preliminary Operations and Testing:

1. Test all underwater pool lights prior to turnover and inspection.

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 2

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.

B. Required submittals include:

1. Conduit and Fittings as specified in Article 2.2 of this Section.

2. Circuit Breakers as specified in Article 2.07 of this Section.

3. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters as specified in Article 2.15 of this Section.

4. Underwater pool lights as specified on the plans

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A of this Section.

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool electrical materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Materials shall be new, in unbroken packages and bear the U.L. label of approval.

B. Equipment of one type shall be by same manufacturer. One type of equipment for classifications such as:

1. Switchboards, panels, buss duct, disconnect switches and allied items.

2. Conduit.

3. Wire.

4. Conduit fittings.

5. Fixtures of the same general type.

6. Wiring devices.

2.2 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS

A. Conduit within or under buildings or where exposed outdoors shall be rigid threaded, hot dipped, galvanized, or U.L. approved plastic except where noted otherwise on the Drawings. Metallic conduit shall be of the same metal between outlets or terminals.

B. Protect, before installation, metallic conduit runs in all slabs laid on grade or in contact with the earth or exposed in damp locations, with two (2) heavy coats of rust-resisting compound.

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 3

C. Encase conduits 2 -1/2" or larger run underground, outside, or under buildings, in concrete envelopes a minimum of 3" thick, except as indicated otherwise on Drawings or stubouts. Conduits 2” and smaller laid 18" below finish surface in soil.

D. Service conduits through foundations or concrete members shall run through metal sleeves with adequate clearances for full movement of the conduit. Do not run conduits through footings.

E. Secure conduits run exposed on surfaces with one hole heavy-duty straps or fasten with matching fittings to inserts or trapezes, parallel to building walls and ceilings.

F. Cap all conduit or duct stub -outs with standard factory caps; except cap threaded steel conduit with B.I. water pipe caps in outdoor locations.

G. Use conduit fittings as manufactured by Crouse -Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal.

H. Employ U.L. liquid tight fittings for use with liquid tight flexible metal conduit.

I. Use unions as manufactured by Appleton, O -Z/Gedney, or approved equal. The use of running threads will not be permitted.

J. Exposed conduit in chemical rooms shall be rigid NEMA 3R Type suitable for installation in corrosive atmospheres.

2.3 GROUNDING

A. Bond together and ground to a common ground at a single point all metallic conduit, piping systems, pool reinforcing steel, metal parts of ladders, lifeguard stands, handrails and their supports and the like. The bonding conductor shall not be smaller than #8 copper.

2.4 WIRING CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire in making the connection.

B. Make connections for wiring by one of the following means:

1. Make all taps or connections to conductors with compression type connectors except those smaller than #8 B&S gauge may have soldered connections.

Solderless connections for #10 AWG or smaller may be used and shall be "Scotchlok", Buchanan, or approved equal. For #8 AWG or larger, they shall be T&B "LockTite", Burndy "Versitaps", or approved equal.

2. All cable or conductor terminal lugs shall be Burndy "Quicklug", Ilsco, or approved equal. Two piece stamped lugs and solder lugs will not be approved.

3. Paint taped splices in damp or outdoor locations with two (2) coats of insulating paint.

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 4

4. Tag all branch circuit wires with circuit number at the panelboard and at each point of use with linen or plastic tags.

2.5 CONDUCTORS

A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.

B. Conductor: copper.

C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.

D. Insulation: CEC; Stranded wire, Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits #8 AWG and larger solid wire, Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits #10 AWG and smaller.

E. Select one type and use for entire installation, except as indicated for special purpose.

F. For conductors installed in areas subjected to temperatures exceeding 140 degrees F., including terminating in incandescent lighting fixtures and installed through or into housing containing ballasts, provide Type THHN.

G. For conductors installed in exposed conduit outside of buildings and conduit within or just under roofing material, provide Type XHHW.

H. Conductor insulation shall be color coded to indicate phase leg, voltage and use.

I. Conductor insulation type, size and U.L. approval shall be printed with permanent white paint on conductor insulation, continually repeating.

J. Minimum Size of Conductors: #12 AWG copper, unless otherwise indicated.

K. Conductors shall be new and shall have been manufactured within 12 months of the date of delivery to the site and continuously stored where protected from the sun, heat or weather.

L. Deliver conductor to the site in their original cable reels or in their original package.

M. Provide conductor packages and cable reels plainly marked or tagged with U.L. labels, AWG size, voltage rating, insulation type, type of stranding, manufacturer's name, trade name and month and year when manufactured.

2.6 CONDUCTOR INDENTIFICATION

A. All secondary branch circuit conductors (No. 10 AWG & smaller) throughout the project shall be provided with color coded insulation as follows:
208Y/120V Phase 480Y/277
Black A Brown
Red B Orange
Blue C Yellow
White Neutral Gray
Green Ground Green
Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 5

2.7 MOTOR WIRING
A. None, existing to remain.

2.8 PANELBOARDS
A. None, existing to remain.

2.9 CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A. Breakers shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting rating of 10,000A symmetrical for panelboard voltage thru 240 volt and 14000A for panelboards thru 600 volts or as specified on the drawings. In no case shall the interrupting rating be less than the bus withstand rating unless noted otherwise on the drawings.

B. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following companies only (verify existing manuf.):

1. General Electric Company

2. Square D Company

3. Westinghouse Company

4. I.T.E. Company

C. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that the breakers of the proper trip settings and numbers correspond to the numbering in the panel schedule s.

Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black-on-white micarta tabs or other previously approved method. Circuit number tabs which can readily be changed from front of panel will not be accepted. Circuit number tabs shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker.

D. Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie-bar between handles will not be accepted.

E. All circuit breakers shall be padlock-able in the "off" position. Locking facilities shall be riveted or mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit sample). Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without prior written Owner’s approval.

F. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors and signal systems, the breakers shall be furnished with lockout clips, mounted in the "on" position. The breakers shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in place.

G. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type.

2.10 BUSSING

A. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper.

B. Each panelboard has an existing bus to remain.

2.11 TERMINAL CABINETS
A. None, existing to remain.

2.12 MOTOR CONTROL INDIVIDUAL STARTERS
A. None, existing to remain.

Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 6

2.13 INDIVIDUAL COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS
A. None, existing to remain.

2.14 MOTOR CONTROL INTERLOCKS AND CONTROL DEVICES
A. None, existing to remain.

2.15 FUSES
A. Fuses are existing to remain.

2.16 TIME CLOCKS
A. Time clocks shall be reprogrammed for the newly installed lights and set to a program as confirmed by City Pool Maintenance staff.

2.17 GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS
A. Minimum rating shall be 20 amperes, 125V, 5 milliampere trip setting, Class A per UL943.

B. Manufacturer to be Crouse-Hinds, Leviton, or approved equal.

2.18 BOXES

A. Boxes shall be of the size required by ordinances or larger, and of pressed galvanized code gauge steel where concealed or exposed on ceilings. Exposed boxes on walls below 7'6" shall be cast steel similar to "FA" condulets.

B. Outlets to be surface where wiring is exposed and flush in areas where conduit is concealed.

C. Provide surface outlets with proper galvanized steel surface cover. Box and cover shall be deep enough to provide at least 1/4" clearance between back of device and back of box. Where box contains more than one device, use proper gang box with proper cover. Surface outlet boxes shall be of the threaded hub type wherever below 8'0".

D. Provide exposed junction boxes with proper flat blank galvanized cover. If necessary for cable installation, additional pull boxes or junction boxes may be installed in accessible locations.

E. Where pull boxes larger than outlet boxes are required, galvanized code gauge sheet steel boxes may be used with covers attached by brass machine screws.

Boxes exposed to the weather shall be approved for the purpose, and conduit entrances shall be on the bottom made by means of an interchangeable hub with gasket and adapter nut. Pull boxes not shown on Drawings may be added only after approval of size and location is obtained.

F. For outlets exposed to weather or where noted, cast outlet boxes shall be Crouse - Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. Boxes shall have proper number and size hubs. Device plates, covers, adapters and boxes shall be as manufactured by Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 7
Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal.

G. Exposed junction boxes, outlet boxes and pull boxes for pool chemical rooms shall be NEMA 3R type suitable for corrosive atmosphere, non-metallic.

2.19 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

A. Identify each distribution switchboard and motor control center circuit breaker with a laminated plastic nameplate indicating its' use.

B. Type panelboard directories on the forms provided with the equipment, indicating the use of each branch circuit breaker.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Verify conditions at the Project site before submitting bid. Be responsible for providing all necessary wiring for the new electrical systems. Wherever wiring is being disrupted due to remodeling or changes, reconnect existing and provide new wiring circuits to accomplish a fully operable system at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.2 COORDINATION

A. The Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and indicate the desired location, size, routes, connection points, etc., and are to followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the Work so as to provide the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome difficulties, limitations or interference wherever encountered. Be responsible for the correct placement of this Work, the proper location and connection in relation to Work of other trades, for determining the exact location of all conduits, outlets and equipment, and for installing the conduits in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear.

Particular attention is directed to the close coordination required on exposed Work.

Locations shown on Architectural Drawings if different than those shown on Electrical Drawings should be communicated to the Owner’s Representative in writing for clarification.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Trenching and Backfill: Conform with requirements of Section 131101. Provide minimum cover as required by Code.

B. Conduit Installation:

1. Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path. Close ends of conduit during construction to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture.

2. Securely fasten conduit to the building construction within three feet of each Pannell Pool Replastering
Construction Documents
Pool Electrical- 131108 - 8
outlet and within every ten feet thereafter. Secure it to boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, terminals with two locknuts and ends equipped with bushings or a terminal fitting. Cut square with ends carefully reamed. Make bends or elbows so that the conduit will not be injured or flattened.

3. Use insulated metallic bushings in all places where bushings are required.

4. Run exposed conduits level or plumb and parallel to the construction members of the building. No cutting across or diagonal runs will be permitted. Neatly surmount structural obstructions encountered on conduit runs by the use of fittings or pull boxes.

5. Identify feeder conduits by stamped metal tags secured to exposed section of conduit in main or sub-panels.

6. Make up all threaded conduit joints gas and watertight with conductive sealer except conduit above ground in dry indoor locations.

7. Rigidly support all boxes independently of the conduit system.

C. Connections to Equipment:

1. Fully connect, in an approved manner, all electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fixtures, wiring devices and appliances whether they are installed under the Electrical Contract or not, which require electrical connections, to the corresponding electrical system outlet.

2. Where the Work of this Section requires connections to be made to equipment that is furnished and set -in-place under other Sections, obtain such roughing-in dimensions from the manufacturer or supplier of each item as required and assume full responsibility for the installation of the connections thereto.

3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEAN-UP

A. Preliminary Operation: Should the Owner’s Representative deem it necessary to operate the electrical installation or any part thereof prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, consent to such preliminary operation and supervise conduction of same. Subcontractor shall pay all costs occasioned by such operation. Preliminary operation shall not be construed as an acceptance of any Work installed under this Contract.

B. Clean-up: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool electrical materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION 131108
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

1 PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. The work under this section is subject to the requirements of the Contract Documents including the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, and sections under Division 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

B. The requirements of this section apply to all work of Division 16 as applicable.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide product data for all equipment under this section.

B. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings for panelboards, switchgear, circuit breakers, transformers, wiring devices, light fixtures, lighting control devices.

C. Provide six copies of each type of submittal.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All work must comply with NEC, IEC, all local, City, County, State & federal Codes.

B. All equipment must bear UL, CSA, ETRL or other City of Sacramento accepted listing agency or testing agency label.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. All material and equipment used for this project shall be new and free of manufacturing defects.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers of each type of product shall have been in business manufacturing the type of product provided for at least the last three consecutive years.

2.3 PRODUCTS
A. Anchors and Fasteners

1. Materials and Finishes: Corrosion resistant
B. Formed Steel Channel

1. Manufacturers: B-Line or Unistrut

2. Channel shall be Galvanized
C. Sealing and Fireproofing

1. Fire and / or Smoke rated Surfaces
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

2 a. 3M CP 25N/S or CP25S/L caulk, 3M FS 195 wrap/strip with restricting collar, 3M CS 195 composite sheet, Pipe Shields Inc. series F fire barrier kits, Proset systems fire rated floor and wall penetrations; Insta-Foam Products Insta-Fire seal Firestop Foam, Dow Corning Fire Stop System, or an approved equal. b. All products must be UL listed or tested by an independent testing laboratory.

Use a product that has a rating not less than the rating of the wall or floor being penetrated.

2. Non-Rated Surfaces
a. Use stamped steel 'chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor/ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed. b. In exterior wall openings below grade, use a modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped. To continuously fill the annular space between the conduit and the cored opening or a water-stop type wall sleeve.
c. At interior wall or floor openings use Tremco Dymonic, Sika Corp. Sikaflex la, Sonneborn Sonolastic NPI, or Mameco Vilken 116 urethane caulk or approved equal to affect the seal.

D. Electrical Identification

1. Nameplates shall have 1/2" high lettering, except where space is limited; letters may be 1/4" high. Face of nameplate to be black and letters to be white, except emergency power equipment nameplates are to have white face with red letters. Fasteners shall be small metal screws, pop rivets or contact-type with permanent adhesive.

2. Engraved plastic nameplates shall be securely attached to: Panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, motor starters, disconnects an individually mounted circuit breakers.

3. 4" round, 4" square and 4-11/16" junction boxes concealed above ceilings may be identified with neat lettering on cover with permanent type black marking pen.

4. Nameplates shall identify equipment or load controlled and/or function and shall be same as indicated on contract documents. Voltages shall be shown on panelboard nameplates.

E. Raceway

1. Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC)
a. Hot Dipped Galvanized after threading. Uniform finish coat with chromate for added protection. Manufacture in conformance with ANSI C-80.1 and Federal Specification WW-C-5810D.

2. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)
a. Hot Dipped Galvanized after threading. Manufacture in conformance with Federal Specification WW-C-5810D.

3. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

3 a. Hot Dipped Galvanized chromate coated. Manufacture in conformance with ANSI C-80.3 and Federal Specification WW-C-563.

4. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC)
a. Heavy wall rigid PVC, type class 40, listed for underground encased and aboveground applications. Rated for use with 90 C conductors. Manufacture in conformance with NEMA TC-2 and Federal Specification WC1094A.

5. Flexible Metal Conduit
a. Electro-galvanized single strip steel. Manufacture in conformance with Federal Specification WWC-566. Aluminum prohibited.

6. Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit
a. Electro-galvanized single strip steel with PVC coating. Aluminum prohibited.

7. Metal Clad Cable (MC)
a. Prohibited.

F. Conduit Fittings

1. Bushings
a. Insulated type for threaded GRC, IMC or raceway connectors without factor installed plastic throat conductor protection.
b. Insulated grounding type for threaded GRC and IMC.
c. Plastic snap-in bushings are prohibited.
d. Provide metallic threaded bushings at #4 and larger conductors.

2. Connectors and couplings
a. All conduit fittings to be steel, compression or set screw type. b. Die cast fitting are prohibited.

G. Conductors and Cable

1. All conductors shall be stranded copper UON.

2. Single conductor stranded, soft drawn copper wire having conductivity of not less than 98 percent of that of pure copper, with insulation rated at 600 volts AC, type THWN, THHN and XHHW.

3. Aluminum conductors are prohibited.

4. Minimum insulation for branch circuits shall be 90 C., and 75 C. for conductors 3 AWG and larger.

H. Wiring Devices
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

4 1. Wall Switches
a. Toggle type, quiet acting, 20 ampere, 120/277 volt rated, UL listed for motor loads up to 80 percent of rated ampacity. Acceptable manufacturers and types:

Arrow-Hart 1221, Leviton 1221, Pass and Seymour 20AC1, Bryant 4901, Hubbell 1221, Eagle 1201.

2. Receptacles
a. Straight Parallel blade 20 ampere, 125 VAC, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding.

Acceptable manufacturers and types: Arrow-Hart 5352, Leviton 5352, Pass and Seymour 5352, Bryant 5352, Hubbell 5352, Eagle 5362.
b. Ground Fault Interrupter: Feed through type, 20 ampere, 125 VAC, specification grade. Acceptable manufacturers and types: Arrow-Hart GF-5342 or Hubbell GF- 5362GY.
c. Special-purpose or heavy duty receptacles shall be of type and of rating and number of poles indicated or required for the purpose.

3. Plates
a. Specification grade nylon cover plates, Leviton 807 Series. b. Type 302 stainless steel, smooth satin finish metal. 18 percent chrome, 8 percent nickel. Hubbell S series.
c. Die-cast copper-free aluminum gasketed raintight cover for outdoor use or as indicated.

4. Wiring device and plate color.
a. As selected by the Architect.

I. Circuit and Motor Disconnects

1. Toggle type disconnect switches: 120 volt rating, 20 ampere single pole, 1 HP maximum.

2. Manual Motor Starters: Quick-make quick-break, thermal overload protection, Square D, Class 2510.

3. Safety Switches: Heavy duty, fused type, dual rated, quick-make quick-break with fuse rejection feature for use with class R fuses only, unless other fuse type is specifically noted.

4. Combination Starter Disconnect: Heavy duty, fused type, dual rated, quick-make quick- break with fuse rejection feature for use with class R fuses only, unless other fuse type is specifically noted. Provide coil voltage coordinated with control requirements.

Provide hand-off-auto switch, thermal overloads and one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contact.

J. Supports
PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

5 1. Safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for electrical equipment installed. Support to withstand four times weight of equipment it supports. Bracing to comply with Seismic Zone 3 requirements.

2. Conduit supports for horizontal or vertical single runs: Hot dipped galvanized heavy duty sheet steel straps, mineralac clamps or channel system with appropriate components. Spring type pressure clamps may be used with conduit through 3/4".

3. Conduit supports for horizontal and vertical multiple runs: Channel systems with appropriate components. Horizontal runs to be supported with appropriate sized rods and vertical runs anchored to structure. Spring type pressure clamps may be used with conduit through 3/4".

4. Vertical conduit runs 1-1/4" and larger passing through floors shall be supported at each floor with conduit riser grips.

K. Outlet and Junction Boxes

1. Galvanized steel or cast type outlet boxes to accommodate device indicated by symbol, in conformance with code requirements, number and size of conductors and splices and consistent with type of construction.

2. Surface mounted boxes shall have the appropriate cover, raised device covers on 4" square and 4-11/16" boxes. Boxes in block shall have device covers that are square drawn or square cut. Boxes in tile shall have tile covers. Use round drawn device covers on boxes in lath and plaster walls or dry wall only.

3. Device Outlet: Minimum of 4” square, use deep boxes where they will fit in the wall, minimum of 1-1/2” where deep boxes will not fit.

4. Gangable type boxes are not allowed. Box ears with tapped holes must turn into the box opening.

5. Junction or pull boxes and covers: Code gauge steel with galvanized or sheradized finish with covers secured by galvanized machine screws. Boxes shall be large enough so that code required minimum cable bending radii can be rolled and constructed.

Knock out punches shall be used for required holes.

L. Switchboards

1. Secondary voltage switchboards shall be completely metal enclosed assemblies constructed in accordance with applicable NEMA, USASI and IEEE standards.

Switchboard assemblies shall be constructed and assembled to permit lifting or rolling as single unit.

2. Switchboard shall be service entrance rated.

3. Outdoor equipment shall be enclosed to provide NEMA 3R non-walk-in-housing.

Outdoor equipment shall include full height door in front of each switchboard vertical section, hinged and closed with rugged heavy-duty lockable door handle with 3-point latch. External roof of enclosure shall provide protected openings for ventilation. Floor sills shall be heavy duty 4" x 1-1/2" steel channel. Opening rainproof exterior door shall not expose live parts. Switchboard shall be dead-front behind exterior doors.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

6 4. Arrange switchboards as indicated on drawings. Dimensions indicated on drawings are maximum allowed

5. Switchboard shall be free standing, front access only.

6. Common bases and frame structures shall be one-piece welded, structural steel forms in gage required, complete with lifting lugs. Where shipping splits are required, bases and frames shall be bolted at job site.

7. Switchboard compartments shall be totally enclosed, stretcher leveled, steel, not less than 12 gauge, bolted to base, with side, front and rear panels of one piece welded construction. Compartments shall have ventilation louvers in top and bottom sections of front and rear panels.

8. Bus shall meet UL 891 requirements.

9. Provide neutral bus at same ampere capacity as phase buses.

10. Provide 1/4" x 4" copper ground bus with assemblies arranged for ground continuity between grounding bus, base, framework and enclosing panels, with unfinished exposed bar metal surfaces between contacts.

11. Bus shall be solid tin or silver plated copper, minimum 98% conductivity, sized to maximum current density of 1000 amp per square inch of cross sectional area.

12. Switchboard shall be designed for both bottom and top exit of branch and feeder conduits.

13. Branch feeder overcurrent devices shall consist of stationary mounted molded case circuit breakers with continuous current ratings, interrupting capacity and frame size as indicated on drawings.

14. Switchboard enclosures, inside and out, shall be cleaned, phosphatized, and given one coat of red oxide primer, then painted inside and out with 2 coats of standard enamel over suitably prepared metal. Surfaces damaged during shipping or installation shall be refinished by Owner's contractor. Provide Owner with one can of touch up paint.

M. Panelboards

1. Provide Lighting Appliance and Power Distribution panelboards as indicated on drawings and as scheduled. Panelboards shall be factory assembled, constructed in accordance with latest NEMA, UL, Federal and NEC requirements, and shall bear UL label. Panelboard cabinets including boxes and fronts shall be code gage galvanized steel.

2. Paint interior and exterior surfaces. Medium light gray finish, applied by electro- deposition process over an iron phosphate pretreatment.

3. Panelboards to be fully rated. The AIC of each panelboard shall be greater than the available fault current. Series rating of panelboards and equipment is prohibited.

4. All panelboard bussing shall be copper. Not less than 98 percent of that of pure copper. Aluminum bussing is prohibited.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

7 5. Panelboards shall have full ampacity bussing throughout and shall be full size in regard to number of possible pole spaces. Lighting and Appliance panels shall have 42 poles per section except where shown to be less. Power Distribution panels shall have number of poles as scheduled. Panelboards shall be identified with phases reading left to right, and circuits alternately numbered left to right - odd number on left, even on right.

6. Panel boards shall have neutral bussing rated at 100% and ground bussing rated at 50%.

7. Where required panelboards shall be labeled as suitable for use as service entrance equipment.

8. Panelboards covers shall be hinged door-in-door construction, flush lift latch and lock, two keys per panel. Key all panels alike.

9. Circuit breakers shall be bolt on type only.

N. Circuit Breakers

1. Molded Case Circuit breakers: One, two or three pole with single common trip handle.

2. 600 volt or 250 volt minimum, see plans for required voltage.

3. Circuit breakers to be fully rated for the system, series rating is prohibited.

O. Lighting

1. Refer to the lighting fixture schedule for manufacturer, model number and descriptions of each type of Luminaire. Where the model number and description do not match, the description shall take precedence.

2. Provide proper trim type for recessed luminaries. Trim type to be compatible with the type of ceiling. Provide flanged luminaries, slope ceiling adaptors, etc. as required.

Review the architectural ceiling plans to verify.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Non-Rated Surfaces

1. When the opening is through a non-fire rated floor, ceiling or roof the opening must be using an approve type of material.

2. Use galvanized sheet metal sleeves in hollow wall penetrations to provide a backing for the sealant. Grout area around sleeve in masonry construction.

3. Install escutcheons or floor/ceiling plates where pipe, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces for this paragraph include only those rooms with finished ceilings and the penetration occurs below the ceiling.

4. In exterior wall openings below grade, assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to the proper size for the pipe and tighten in place, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

8 5. At interior partitions, pipe penetrations are required to be sealed for all clean rooms, laboratories, most hospital spaces, computer rooms, tele/data/com rooms and similar spaces where the room pressure or odor transmission must be controlled. Apply sealant to both sides of the penetration in such a manner that the annular space between the pipe sleeve and the pipe is completely filled.

B. Identification

1. Engraved plastic nameplates shall be securely attached to each panelboard, generator, automatic transfer switch, separately mounted circuit breaker, and disconnect switchs.

2. 4" round, 4" square and 4-11/16" junction boxes concealed above ceilings may be identified with neat lettering on cover with permanent type black marking pen.

3. Nameplates shall identify equipment or load controlled and/or function and shall be same as indicated on contract documents. Voltages shall be shown on panelboard nameplates.

4. Group conductors as to circuits and arrange in neat manner in pull boxes, cabinets and panelboards. Group, bind together with nylon ties and identify conductors as to feeder or branch circuit. Phase identification shall be consistent throughout system.

5. Identify each conductor of all systems at each panel, pull box and at each outlet with permanently attached, wrap around, adhesive markers.

6. Identification of junction boxes and conductors shall include panelboard, switchboard or motor control center, circuit number, phase, control circuit number or other appropriate number or letter that will expedite future tracing and trouble shooting.

C. Raceway

1. Conceal all conduits. Exposed conduits are only permitted in mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, or where walls and ceilings will not be covered with a finish material.

Where exposed conduit are permitted install parallel to building lines and as tight to structure as possible.

2. Do not install conduits on surface of building, across the roof or parapet, unless specifically shown on drawings.

3. Below grade conduits: Place a minimum of 3” sand or clean earth fill cover over conduits. Install in a level trench bed so conduit is in contact with the earth the entire length. Where three or more conduits are in a trench, use conduit spacers located 5’ on center, maintain a 3” separation between conduits.

4. Underground conduits to have a minimum of 32” cover or as required by code, whichever is more stringent.

5. Minimum conduit size: 3/4", except as noted.

6. Exterior exposed conduits, above grade to be rigid steel UON. When routed on exterior building walls, conduit shall be painted to match the building.

7. Minimum size for flexible metal conduit is 1/2" except 3/8" for lighting fixtures.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

9 8. Ream conduit smooth at ends, cap upon installation, rigidly attach to structural parts of building and securely fasten to outlet boxes, panel cabinets, junction boxes, pull boxes, splicing chambers, safety switches and other components of the raceway system.

9. Independently support or attach raceway system to structural parts of construction in accordance with good industry practice. Suspended ceiling systems shall not be considered as structural parts of the construction for conduit support. Conduit, conduit systems or boxes shall not be supported or secured by wire, but shall be supported by devices manufactured specifically for this purpose. Plastic tie-wrap is not permitted.

10. Conduits supported on channel systems shall be secured on each channel with appropriate clamps.

11. Conduit installed in metal stud walls must be secured to prevent rattling.

12. Provide spare capped conduits for flush-mounted panelboards consisting of three 3/4" conduits to the ceiling space above, and three 3/4" conduit to the ceiling space below floor slab.

13. Homerun conduits to contain no more than three branch circuits.

14. Underground conduits and raceways shall be swabbed prior to pulling conduits.

15. Mandrel all underground service lateral and feeder raceways prior to pulling wire.

16. Install a code sized copper equipment grounding conductor in all conduits.

17. No more than three 90 degree bends or a total of 270 degree combined bends between pull boxes. Provide pull boxes as required, size pull boxes per the NEC.

18. Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC)
a. May be used in all locations, concealed or exposed, except where flex is required.
b. Where conduits transition from underground to above grade, use rigid steel elbows and risers.
c. Where installed in contact with earth or fill material, conduit shall be wrapped with net one (1) layers of Scotchwrap #50, Johns-Manville VID-10, or equal, or PVC coated rigid steel.

19. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)
a. IMC may be installed in the same locations as GRC except, IMC may not be installed underground or in contact with the earth.
b. Connections shall be made with double locknuts and bushings. Bushings to be steel with integral insulator except conduits 2" and below may have high impact thermoset Phenolic insulating bushings.

20. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
a. Electrical metallic tubing may be used in exposed interior locations and in furred spaces. Connectors to outlets, boxes and panels shall be with plastic insulator.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

10 21. Rigid Nonmetallic conduit (PVC)
a. Use for underground applications.
b. All stub ups to transition to rigid steel elbows and risers.

22. Flexible Metal Conduit
a. Max length of 6 feet. Use for connections in dry locations to equipment, light fixtures and vibrating equipment.

23. Liquid tight Flexible Metallic Tubing
a. Max length of 6 feet. Use for connections in damp or wet locations to equipment, light fixtures and vibrating equipment.

24. Metal Clad Cable (MC)
a. Prohibited.

D. Conductors and Cable

1. Color code power wiring as follows:
a. 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: phase A-black, phase B-red, phase C-blue, neutral-white; ground conductor-green.
b. 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: phase A-brown, phase B-orange, phase C-yellow, neutral-gray; ground conductor-green.
c. Pull wire and cables into conduits and raceways in such manner that insulation will not be damaged or undue strain placed on conductors. Lubricants shall be UL listed.

E. Wiring devices

1. Install devices plumb, level with finished surfaces and free from blemishes.

2. Install devices at heights scheduled, and as indicated on drawings. Install duplex wall receptacles vertically with ground contacts down except where shown otherwise or where space problem occurs. Install lighting switches vertically on latch side of door within 6" of frame edge.

3. Install devices above counters 2" to bottom above countertop or backsplash. Install at same height all devices above any one counter or fixed cabinet. Verify locations prior to rough-in.

4. Plates to be stainless steel in all public spaces, U.O.N.

F. Circuit and Motor Disconnects

1. Provide disconnect switches in sight of each motor location unless otherwise noted.

2. Coordinate fuse ampere rating with the nameplate of the installed equipment.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

11 G. Supports

1. Provide all electrical equipment supports.

2. Verify mounting height of all luminaries equipment and items prior to installation.

3. Provide independent supports to structural member for luminaries, material or equipment. Do not use other trade supports for a means of fastening electrical equipment or materials.

4. Support conduit within 18” of outlet boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections.

5. Maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing.

6. Provide seismic bracing per UBC requirements.

H. Outlet and Junction boxes

1. Set outlet boxes parallel to construction and independently attached to same. Adjust flush type boxes to set level with finished surface. Back to back and through -the-wall boxes are not acceptable. Ganged sectional type boxes are not acceptable.

2. Box Support: Mount boxes straight. In stud walls provide horizontal bracing at top or bottom of box for 3 or more gang device boxes. For up to 2 gang device boxes, provide stud support one side, with short piece of stud of support on opposite side as shown in details. In masonry walls boxes shall be solidly mortared in. Tie wire supported boxes are not acceptable.

3. Provide multi-ganged boxes where 2 or more devices are in same location, except where otherwise noted. Provide partitions in multi-ganged boxes where different types of devices are installed, or devices installed operate at different voltages.

4. Identify circuit number and voltage on all junction boxes covers.

5. Paint fire and telephone box covers for identification. Red covers for fire, blue for telephone.

I. Switchboards

1. Install equipment per manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate final locations of equipment with General Contractor, and review final locations with Architect prior to setting equipment.

2. Protect equipment during installation to prevent twisting or deformations, exposure to potentially damaging environments, and work of other trades. Maintain protection until completion of construction.

J. Panelboards

1. Final locations, sizes and mounting of panelboards shall be reviewed with Architect prior to installation.

2. Install panelboards and enclosures as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC standards, NECA's "Standards of PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

12 Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.

3. Where flush panels are installed, verify available recessing depth and coordinate wall framing with other divisions.

4. Fasten enclosures firmly to walls and structural surfaces, ensuring they are permanently and mechanically anchored.

5. Top breaker handle: Maximum of 6 ft above finished floor.

6. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors.

Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and B.

7. Prior to energization of panelboards, check with ground resistance tester phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation resistance levels.

8. Prior to energization, check panelboards for electrical continuity of circuits and for short-circuits.

9. Balance load on panelboards so phases are balanced to 10% of each other.

Reconnect or redistribute circuits and/or circuit breakers to achieve balanced condition.

Submit ammeter readings for all panelboard feeders indicating normal operating load and phase balance.

10. Each panelboard shall have typewritten circuit schedule installed inside cover of each panelboard. Schedule shall be covered with clear plastic and shall include description of connected loads, room numbers, room name, area or item served for each branch circuit. Label spare circuits as "SPARE". Room numbers used shall be those used by Owner except as otherwise directed by Architect.

11. Flush panels in finished areas shall have factory applied primer coat painted trim for finish painting by others.

12. Where panels are installed flush, provide (3) ¾” spare conduits from panel to accessible space above and/or below the panel.

K. Circuit breakers

1. Provide device on handle to lock breaker in “ON” position for breakers feeding fire alarm, time switches, nightlights and similar circuits required to be continuously energized.

L. Grounding

1. Ground fittings shall be an approved manufactured type, installed and connected to conform with Code requirement; UL 467.

2. Ground neutral bus and non-current-carrying parts of equipment at each installation in accordance with applicable Codes. Ground conductor shall be copper having a current capacity in accordance with N.E.C. and Electrical Safety Orders.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

13 3. Completely ground all equipment cases, motor frames, and other items to be grounded to satisfy requirements of N.E.C. Install bond wire in flexible conduit. Install copper bond wire, sized in accordance with N.E.C., in all nonmetallic raceways and bond to all metallic parts using approved fittings. Bond wire shall be copper.

4. Connect service ground conductor to metallic cold water pipe (pipe must be in contact with earth for 10 feet or more and electrically continuous to point of connection of ground electrode conductor). Additional ground electrode shall supplement the water pipe ground. The supplemental ground electrode shall be a concrete encased ground "Ufer". Bond building steel to ground system.

3.2 Project Closeout
A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals

1. Provide three hard copies and one electronic PDF of operation and maintenance manuals. O & M’s shall include the following: Panelboards, switchgear, transformers, light fixtures, and lighting control devices.

B. Testing and Commissioning

1. Receptacle Polarity Test: Spot check receptacles installed or reconnected with a circuit polarity tester. Tester shall test for open ground, open hot, open neutral, reverse polarity, hot and ground reversed, hot and neutral reversed.

2. Ground-Fault Receptacle Circuit Interrupter Test: Test each receptacle or branch circuit breaker having ground-fault circuit protection to assure that the ground-fault circuit interrupter will not operate when subjected to a ground fault current of less than 4 milliamperes and will operate when subjected to a ground fault current exceeding 6 milliamperes. Perform testing using an instrument specifically designed for testing ground fault interrupters. Pushing the test button is not acceptable. Replace receptacles that do not interrupt power with 5/1000 of an ampere within 1/40 th of a second. Correct deficiencies and submit test report.

3. Check the lighting system after start up and ensure that all lamps are operating and all light fixtures are clean.

4. Check the locations and settings on all occupancy sensors and verify they are operating correctly. Check for false on or off in coverage areas. Verify walking by open doors or windows does not activate an occupancy sensor within a private office, support area or conference room. Adjust and correct any deficiencies. Provide a room by room report.

5. Lighting Control Panel: Program the lighting control panel as directed by the engineer.

Verify all zones are operating correctly. Provide a written schedule to the City of Sacramento.

END OF SECTION 26 05 00

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following:

1. Ground rods.

2. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems.

B. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor.

C. Field quality-control reports.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
a. Plans showing as -built, dimensioned locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following:
1) Ground rods.
2) Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by NETA.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

2.3 CONDUCTORS
A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Bare Copper Conductors:

1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.

2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.

3. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter.

4. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.

5. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

6. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

C. Grounding Bus: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 4 inches in cross section, with 9/32-inch holes spaced 1-1/8 inches apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V and shall be Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V.

2.4 CONNECTORS
A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.

B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.

C. Bus-Bar Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy, with two wire terminals.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 D. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual, tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts.

E. Cable-to-Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy.

F. Cable Tray Ground Clamp: Mechanical type, zinc-plated malleable iron.

G. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub.

H. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt I. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt.

J. Lay-in Lug Connector: Mechanical type, copper rated for direct burial terminal with set screw.

K. Service Post Connectors: Mechanical type, bronze alloy terminal, in short - and long- stud lengths, capable of single and double conductor connections.

L. Signal Reference Grid Clamp: Mechanical type, stamped-steel terminal with hex head screw.

M. Straps: Solid copper, copper lugs. Rated for 600 A.

N. Tower Ground Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal one-piece clamp.

O. U-Bolt Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal listed for direct burial.

P. Water Pipe Clamps:

1. Mechanical type, two pieces with stainless-steel bolts. a. Material: Tin-plated aluminum
b. Listed for direct burial.

2. U-bolt type with malleable -iron clamp and copper ground connector rated for direct burial.

2.5 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel feet5/8 inch by 96 inches B. Concrete Encased Electrode: Bare Copper, #4 AWG Minimum.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATIONS
A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4 B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum.

1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade.

C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green- colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow.

D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.

1. Install bus horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches minimum from wall, 6 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.

2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, and down; connect to horizontal bus.

E. Conductor Terminations and Connections:

1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.

2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated.

3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors.

4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.

5. Connections to Concrete encased electrode: exothermic welding, listed lugs, listed pressure connectors, listed clamps or other listed means .

3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE
A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses.

3.3 GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS
A. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at the generator location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to the frame of the generator.

3.4 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements.

B. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad- mounted equipment and noncurrent -carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned- copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 5

3.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.

B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70:

1. Feeders and branch circuits.

2. Electric Vehicle Charger circuits.

3. Receptacle circuits.

4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.

5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.

6. Flexible raceway runs.

7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs.

8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway.

C. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated.

D. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated.

E. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors.

3.6 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit.

C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 6

1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any.

2. Use exothermic welds for all below-grade connections.

D. Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; use a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4AWG.

1. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation.

2. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building's grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete.

E. Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; using electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods, at least 20 feet long. If reinforcing is in multiple pieces, connect together by the usual steel tie wires or exothermic welding to create the required length.

F. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized.

Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact are galvanically compatible.

1. Use electroplated or hot -tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series.

2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.

3. Make aluminum- to-steel connections with stainless -steel separators and mechanical clamps.

4. Make aluminum -to-galvanized-steel connections with tin- plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps.

5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

C. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative.

D. Tests and Inspections:

1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions.

PANNELL POOL REPLASTERING
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 7

3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground- resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance.
b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.

4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground- rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.

E. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

F. Prepare test and inspection reports.

G. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:

1. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 1 ohm(s).

2. Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5Insert value ohms.

H. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.

END OF SECTION 260526

T echnical Support
Phone: 800.735.4553 ext. 242
For more information about this or other J&J Electronics lighting products, please visit www.jandjpoolspa.com
PureWhite™ LED Pool and Spa
Light Fixture Installation and
Operation Guide

PUREWHITE LED POOL AND SPA LIGHT FIXTURE
Available in 120VAC and 12VAC models
PureWhite LED Pool and Spa light fixtures offer superior, bright white illumination for your pool and spa. This owner’s manual contains important information on installing and using your new PureWhite LED Pool and Spa light fixture. Read and follow all instructions contained in this manual. Please keep it in a safe place for future reference.

Most states and local codes regulate the construction, installation, and operation of public pools and spas, and the construction of residential pools and spas. It is important to comply with these codes, many of which directly regulate the installation and use of this product. Consult your local building and health codes for more information.

Read and follow all warning notices and instructions contained in this guide before installing or using the product. Severe injury, death or property damage may result if the warnings and instructions contained in this manual are not followed.

INSTALLER NOTICE: This Installation and Operation Guide contains important information about this LED light. Be sure to give this guide to the owner and/or operator of the LED light for reference regarding the proper installation, operation and use of this product.

RATED FIXTURE LIFE: The illumination generated by the PureWhite LED light fixtures are based on Light Emitting Diode (LED) technology. The average expected lamp life is rated up to 50,000 elapsed time hours under normal operating conditions. [T emperature: 33°F to 95°F (1°C to 35°C), Humidity: 0-95% non-condensing].

DANGER! FAILURE TO PROPERL Y INSTALL AND USE THIS PRODUCT CAN RESUL T IN SERIOUS BODIL Y INJURY OR DEATH.

WARNING! Comply with all related codes for the installation and use of this product.

WARNING! Before installing or using this light, read all warnings and instructions contained in this manual.
pg 1

PUREWHITE LED POOL AND SPA LIGHT FIXTURE NICHE COMPATIBILITY For LPL-S1W ONL Y
Pentair®: 78244200, 78244300,
78243200, 78243300, 79206600
Hayward®: SP0606C, SP0610C
Jandy®: PLNICSM, SSNICSM1R,
SSNICSM1S
For LPL-F1W, LPL-F3W and LPL-F5W Series ONL Y
Pentair®: 78210400, 78210500, 78210600,
78210700, 79206700
Hayward®: SP0604C, SP0600U
Jandy®: PLNICLRG, SSNICLRG1R, SSNICLRG1S
Jacuzzi®: 94131234
Always disconnect power to the pool and/or spa light at the circuit breaker panel before attempting to service the light. Failure to do so could result in serious injury or death due to electrical shock. Installation must be performed in accordance with all applicable federal, state & local installation codes and ordinances by a licensed or certified electrician or a qualified pool professional. Improper installation may result in death or serious injury to pool users, installers or others due to electrical shock. In addition, improper installation may cause property damage. This device is not intended for use in anything other than in-ground pools.

WARNING! Risk of electrical shock or electrocution
Do not, under any circumstances, splice wire underwater or behind the light niche during the installation of this light.

PureWhite pool LED lights are operated through the light’s switch. No special controller or interface is required. Use a junction box to connect and operate multiple lights with a single switch.

The following steps detail installation of the PureWhite LED light fixture into a new pool or spa construction. Read this section in its entirety prior to beginning any installation.

WARNING! Important Safety Information for Light Installation INSTALLER NOTICE: This light’s external cord cannot be replaced and should be handled with care. Any damage to this external cord necessitates replacing the light.

INSTALLER NOTICE: A licensed electrician must complete the following steps prior to installation of this light in a new pool or spa construction.

WARNING! Confirm that the pool or spa meets all current National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) Article 680-22 requirements and any applicable local codes or ordinances. The pg 2
OPERATION FOR 120VAC AND 12VAC

PUREWHITE POOL AND SPA LED LIGHT FIXTURES

PUREWHITE POOL AND SPA LED LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALL ATION
(NEW POOL AND/OR SPA CONSTRUCTION)
4" Min.
48" Min.
18" Min. Top of Lens
to Water Level
8" Min. Junction Box
or Low Voltage
Transformer to the
Max. Water Level of Pool
To: GFCI, Circuit Breaker,
and Power Source
Rigid Conduit
#8 AWG Ground
Connector Bonding
Lug is Located at
Rear of Niche
Coil 4 ft. of Power
Cord Around Fixture
Concrete Must Be Cut
Back Around Niche to
Allow for a Compacted
Plaster Seal

1. Feed the fixture cord through the conduit to the junction box. Be sure to leave at least four (4) feet of cord at base of the fixture to coil around the light to ensure ease of servicing once the pool and/or spa is filled; reference Figure 1.

2. At the junction box, cut the cord. Be sure to leave at least six (6) inches of cord for making connections.

3. Carefully strip the outer cord jacket to expose six (6) inches of the underlying three insulated wires.

4. Connect these three (3) wires to their corresponding junction box circuit wires and secure the junction box cover in place.

Figure 1.

NEW CONSTRUCTION INSTALL ATION STEPS
(ONCE ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE MET)
pg 3
electrical system must be installed by a licensed or certified electrician to meet or exceed those requirements prior to installation of the light. This includes, but is not limited to, the following National Electrical Code requirements:
• Installation of a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) for line voltage models on the lighting circuit with an appropriately rated circuit breaker.
• A junction box or low voltage transformer is located at least 8 inches above the maximum pool water level and at least 48 inches from the pool edge; reference Figure 1. • Proper electrical bonding of the light fixture and all metal items within 5 feet of the pool • Proper wet niche installation with the top edge of the underwater light’s lens at least 18 inches below the surface of the water in the pool and not more than 20” in Canada; reference Figure 1.
• Proper electrical wet niche bonding and grounding using the #8 AWG ground connector at the rear of the niche; reference Figure 1.

This special pilot screw secures and electrically grounds the fixture to the mounting ring and wet niche. Failure to install the stainless steel pilot screw provided could create an electrical shock hazard, resulting in death or serious injury to pool users, installers or others.

5. Using the stainless steel pilot screw provided, install the PureWhite LED light fixture assembly into the niche, carefully tightening the pilot screw. (Reference Figure 1)

6. Fill the pool and/or spa to completely submerge the light prior to operating the light.

Do not operate light out of water, this may cause damage to the light.

7. Make a final check to confirm proper light operation by switching “on” the main switch or circuit breaker and the light switch. The light should illuminate when power is switched “on”. If the light is not operating, go back to Step 1 to recheck each installation step for proper completion.
damage to the light. If the light is operating without being fully submerged in water, the light’s circuitry will automatically shut down for a cooling period before powering back on within 10 minutes to prevent damage to the light.

WARNING! Do not operate this light for more than two minutes without completely submerging it in water. Failure to do so can result in permanent WARNING! Use only the stainless steel pilot screw provided with this underwater light.

PUREWHITE POOL AND SPA LED LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALL ATION
(EXISTING POOL AND/OR SPA)
Installation of this light must be completed by a licensed or certified electrician or a qualified pool professional in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any applicable local codes and ordinances. Improper installation may result in death or serious injury to pool and spa users, installers or others due to electrical shock. In addition, improper installation may cause property damage.

Always disconnect power to the pool and/or spa light at the circuit breaker panel before attempting to service the light. Failure to do so could result in serious injury or death due to electrical shock. Confirm that the pool or spa meets the current National Electrical Code requirements and any applicable local codes or ordinances. The electrical system must be installed by a licensed or certified electrician to meet or exceed those requirements prior to installation of the light. This includes, but is not limited to, the following National Electrical Danger - Risk of electrical shock or electrocution!
pg 4
Code requirements:
• Installation of a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) for line voltage models on the lighting circuit with an appropriately rated circuit breaker.
• A junction box or low voltage transformer is located at least 8 inches above the maximum pool water level and at least 48 inches from the pool edge; reference Figure 1. • Proper electrical bonding of the light fixture and all metal items within 5 feet of the pool.
• Proper wet niche installation with the top edge of the underwater light’s lens at least 18 inches below the surface of the water in the pool and not more than 20” in Canada; reference Figure 1.
• Proper electrical wet niche bonding and grounding using the #8 AWG ground connector at the rear of the niche; reference Figure 1.
• The wet niche is properly electrically bonded and grounded via the No. 8 AWG ground connector located at the rear of the niche; see Figure 1.

The following steps detail installation of the PureWhite LED light fixture into an existing pool or spa. Read this section in its entirety prior to beginning any installation.

Failure to bring the pool or spa electrical system up to current code requirements prior to light installation may create an electrical shock hazard resulting in death or serious injury to users, installers, or others due to electrical shock, and may also cause property damage.

WARNING! Pool or spa electrical system must meeting current code requirements.
4" Min.
48" Min.
18" Min. Top of Lens
to Water Level
8" Min. Junction Box
or Low Voltage
Transformer to the
Max. Water Level of Pool
To: GFCI, Circuit Breaker,
and Power Source
Rigid Conduit
#8 AWG Ground
Connector Bonding
Lug is Located at
Rear of Niche
Coil 4 ft. of Power
Cord Around Fixture
Concrete Must Be Cut
Back Around Niche to
Allow for a Compacted
Plaster SealFigure 1.
pg 5

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION INSTALL ATION STEPS
(ONCE ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE MET)

1. Disconnect the main electrical switch or circuit breaker and the switch which operates the installed light.

2. Remove the existing light per the original manufacturer’s instructions. Place the light fixture on the deck. 3. Leaving the light fixture on the deck, cut the light cord. Be sure to leave at least six (6) inches of cord in order to connect it to the replacement light cord.

Discard the light fixture.

4. Remove the existing cord by pulling it up out of the niche and onto the deck. Carefully strip the outer cord jacket to expose six (6) inches of the underlying three insulated wires.

5. Tape the three existing light wires to the replacement light cord with electrical insulating tape. Avoid wrapping too much tape around the cords. Otherwise, the thickness will be too great for the cord to be able to be pulled through the conduit to the junction box.

6. After removing the junction box cover, disconnect the light fixture wires. Then, pull the cord through the conduit until it is visible in the junction box conduit. Remove the tape from the cords and separate the wires.

7. Carefully strip the outer cord jacket from the new light cord to expose six (6) inches of the underlying three insulated wires.

8. Connect these three (3) wires to their corresponding junction box circuit wires and secure the junction box cover in place.

9. Be sure to leave at least four (4) feet of cord at base of the fixture to coil around the light to ensure ease of servicing; reference Figure 1.

10. Install the PureWhite LED light fixture into the niche.

11. Using the stainless steel pilot screw provided, install the PureWhite LED light fixture assembly into the niche, carefully tightening the pilot screw. (Reference Figure 1)

12. Make a final check to confirm proper light operation by switching “on” the main switch or circuit breaker and the light switch. The light should illuminate when power is switched “on”. If the light is not operating, go back to Step 1 to recheck each installation step for proper completion.

WARNING! Use only the stainless steel screw provided with this underwater light.

INSTALLER NOTICE: This light’s external cord cannot be replaced and should be handled with care. Any damage to this external cord necessitates replacing the light. pg 6
© 2014 J&J Electronics, Inc. All rights reserved. PureWhite™ is a trademark of and manufactured by J&J Electronics, Inc. All registered and trademarked brands and names are the property of their respective companies. REF. 012114 J&J Electronics | Irvine, California
www.jandjpoolspa.com
J&J ELECTRONICS, INC. 3-YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY

POOL UNDERWATER LUMINAIRE LED LIGHT FIXTURES
COLOR SPL ASH® and PUREWHITETM

J&J Electronics, Inc. (“J&J”) warrants its LED In-Ground Light Fixtures to be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use, conditions and service, from the date of purchase and warrants its products as follows:

Product Line Structural Housing LED Module
Pool/Large Fixture Three (3) Year Three (3) Year*
Spa/Small Fixture Three (3) Year T wo (2) Year*
*If during the first twenty-four (24) months (Pool/Large Fixture) and first twelve (12) months (Spa/Small Fixture) of the warranty period, the LED Module fails to operate due to a defect in material or workmanship, J&J will, at its option, repair or replace fixture at no charge. If during months twenty-five (25) through thirty-six (36) (Pool/Large Fixture) and months thirteen (13) through twenty-four (24) (Spa/Small Fixture), the LED Module fails to operate due to a defect in material or workmanship, J&J will grant the purchaser a pro-rated credit for purchase of a J&J LED Light Fixture, as the purchaser’s sole remedy.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
This warranty is available to the original purchaser of the product(s) only. This warranty applies only when products are properly installed in an in-ground pool/spa; any other use voids the warranty. Products must be used in lighting equipment designed and approved for the application and in environmental conditions within the normal specified operating range. This warranty does not apply to any abnormal use of product(s), use in violation of any applicable standard, code or instructions for use in installations including those contained in the latest National Electrical Code (NEC), the Standards for Safety of Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. (UL), Standards for the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). This warranty will not apply in the event of conditions demonstrating abnormal use or stress, freezing, operating when not fully submerged, under/over voltage/current conditions, excessive switching cycles or operating hours or outside the recommended operating conditions. This warranty does not apply to normal color shifts or dimming that may occur over the life span of the LED’s. If the product operates for 15 or more hours per day or continuously for 24 hours per day, the product warranty period stated shall be reduced to half the stated period. This warranty does not cover damage occurring during shipment, damage or failure resulting from alteration, accident, acts of God, theft, abuse, negligent installation, improper service, unauthorized repairs, freezing or where adequate care has not been taken to prevent damage to the product(s). T ampering with any internal component of this product(s) will void the warranty.

This warranty gives you specific rights. You may have other rights that vary according to the laws of your state.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

THE FOREGOING SHALL CONSTITUTE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF THE PURCHASER AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,

WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OR TRADE. THE LIABILITY OF J&J UNDER THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE REPLACEMENT , REPAIR OR PRO-RATED CREDIT OF THE PRODUCT(S) AS STATED HEREIN. J&J IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR SHIPPING OR TRANSPORTATION COSTS RELATED TO OBTAINING WARRANTY SERVICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL J&J BE LIABLE FOR ANY OTHER

COSTS OR DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES, LABOR CHARGES OR FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

J&J reserves the right to change the warranty, warranty period without prior notice and without incurring obligation.

T o obtain warranty service, retain the failed Product; retain the installation invoice showing product purchase price and contact J&J Electronics, Inc. at 800.735.4553 ext. 242 or [email protected]. As of 01/21/2014 01PARTIAL SITE PLAN - DEMOLITION PLANSCALE:1/16" = 1'-0"Sheet Scale:Drawn By:Designed By:Project Name & Location:No.DescriptionDate.

Reviewed By:

Approval:

OFSheet Title:Revisions / Issuances
Sheet No:Issue Date:Public Works
www.cityofsacramento.org(916) 808-8337 (Fax)Sacramento, CA.95822Facilities / Real Property Mgt.Dept. of Public WorksCity of Sacramento(916) 808-83005730 24th StreetBldg. #4 Drawing Properties:Drawing Name: D:\new\CAD\ ALL X-REF.dwg Apr 18 , 2025 - 10:35am ACAD Print Date & Time: Apr 18, 2025 - 10:35amWork Order No:2/28/2025I.MWO#71I.NE.R1/16"=1'-0"PANNEL POOL REPLASTER& UNDERWATER LIGHTS2450 MEADOWVIEW ROADSACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95832DEMO/NEWPARTIAL SITEPLAN AND NOTES. 5/15/2025Manroop Shergill
BA-301
DA-301CA-301AA-30106A-50113A-50301ACTIVITY POOL LAYOUT PLANSCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"Sheet Scale:Drawn By:Designed By:Project Name & Location:No.DescriptionDate.

Reviewed By:

Approval:

OFSheet Title:Revisions / Issuances
Sheet No:Issue Date:Public Works
www.cityofsacramento.org(916) 808-8337 (Fax)Sacramento, CA.95822Facilities / Real Property Mgt.Dept. of Public WorksCity of Sacramento(916) 808-83005730 24th StreetBldg. #4 Drawing Properties:Drawing Name: C:\Users\12404\Desktop\2-26-2-25FINAL DRAWINGS\ ALL DRAWINGS 2-28-2025.dwg Mar 06 , 2025 - 8:33pm ACAD Print Date & Time: Mar 06, 2025 - 8:33pmWork Order No:2/28/2025I.MWO#72I.NE.R1/8"=1'-0"PANNEL POOL REPLASTER& UNDERWATER LIGHTS2450 MEADOWVIEW ROADSACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95832ACTIVITY POOLLAYOUT PLAN

LEGEND
01POOL LIGHTING PLANSCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"Sheet Scale:Drawn By:Designed By:Project Name & Location:No.DescriptionDate.

Reviewed By:

Approval:

OFSheet Title:Revisions / Issuances
Sheet No:Issue Date:Public Works
www.cityofsacramento.org(916) 808-8337 (Fax)Sacramento, CA.95822Facilities / Real Property Mgt.Dept. of Public WorksCity of Sacramento(916) 808-83005730 24th StreetBldg. #4 Drawing Properties:Drawing Name: D:\new\CAD\ ALL X-REF.dwg Apr 18 , 2025 - 10:36am ACAD Print Date & Time: Apr 18, 2025 - 10:36amWork Order No:2/28/2025I.MWO#73I.NE.R3/32"=1'-0"PANNEL POOL REPLASTER& UNDERWATER LIGHTS2450 MEADOWVIEW ROADSACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95832ACTIVITY POOLUNDERWATERLIGHT PLAN

09A-50312A-50302A-50105A-50109A-50309A-50309A-503Sheet Scale:Drawn By:Designed By:Project Name & Location:No.DescriptionDate.

Reviewed By:

Approval:

OFSheet Title:Revisions / Issuances
Sheet No:Issue Date:Public Works
www.cityofsacramento.org(916) 808-8337 (Fax)Sacramento, CA.95822Facilities / Real Property Mgt.Dept. of Public WorksCity of Sacramento(916) 808-83005730 24th StreetBldg. #4 Drawing Properties:Drawing Name: C:\Users\12404\Desktop\CAD\ ALL X-REF.dwg Mar 28 , 2025 - 2:12pm ACAD Print Date & Time: Mar 28, 2025 - 2:12pmWork Order No:2/28/2025I.MWO#74I.NE.R1/8"=1'-0"PANNEL POOL REPLASTER& UNDERWATER LIGHTS2450 MEADOWVIEW ROADSACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95832ACTIVITY POOLSECTIONSASECTION ASCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"BSECTION BSCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"CSECTION CSCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"DSECTION DSCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"

Sheet Scale:Drawn By:Designed By:Project Name & Location:No.DescriptionDate.

Reviewed By:

Approval:

OFSheet Title:Revisions / Issuances
Sheet No:Issue Date:Public Works
www.cityofsacramento.org(916) 808-8337 (Fax)Sacramento, CA.95822Facilities / Real Property Mgt.Dept. of Public WorksCity of Sacramento(916) 808-83005730 24th StreetBldg. #4 Drawing Properties:Drawing Name: D:\new\CAD\ ALL X-REF.dwg Apr 18 , 2025 - 10:37am ACAD Print Date & Time: Apr 18, 2025 - 10:37amWork Order No:2/28/2025I.MWO#75I.NE.RNTSPANNEL POOL REPLASTER& UNDERWATER LIGHTS2450 MEADOWVIEW ROADSACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95832ACTIVITY POOLDETAILS01NO RUNNING / NO DIVING MARKERSSCALE: NTS02END WALL TARGETS-ELEVATIONSCALE: NTS03CUP ANCHORSCALE: NTS04GRABRAIL WITH STEPSSCALE: NTS05HANDRAIL DETAILSCALE: NTS06RACING LANE LINE-PLANSCALE: NTS

Sheet Scale:Drawn By:Designed By:Project Name & Location:No.DescriptionDate.

Reviewed By:

Approval:

OFSheet Title:Revisions / Issuances
Sheet No:Issue Date:Public Works
www.cityofsacramento.org(916) 808-8337 (Fax)Sacramento, CA.95822Facilities / Real Property Mgt.Dept. of Public WorksCity of Sacramento(916) 808-83005730 24th StreetBldg. #4 Drawing Properties:Drawing Name: D:\new\CAD\ ALL X-REF.dwg Apr 18 , 2025 - 10:39am ACAD Print Date & Time: Apr 18, 2025 - 10:39amWork Order No:2/28/2025I.MWO#76I.NE.RNTSPANNEL POOL REPLASTER& UNDERWATER LIGHTS2450 MEADOWVIEW ROADSACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95832ACTIVITY POOLLIGHTINGDETAILS07UNDERWATER LED LIGHT REPLACEMENTSCALE: NTS08BONDING CLAMPSCALE: NTS

10A-50314A-503
Sheet Scale:Drawn By:Designed By:Project Name & Location:No.DescriptionDate.

Reviewed By:

Approval:

OFSheet Title:Revisions / Issuances
Sheet No:Issue Date:Public Works
www.cityofsacramento.org(916) 808-8337 (Fax)Sacramento, CA.95822Facilities / Real Property Mgt.Dept. of Public WorksCity of Sacramento(916) 808-83005730 24th StreetBldg. #4 Drawing Properties:Drawing Name: D:\new\CAD\ ALL X-REF.dwg Apr 18 , 2025 - 10:40am ACAD Print Date & Time: Apr 18, 2025 - 10:40amWork Order No:2/28/2025I.MWO#77I.NE.RNTSPANNEL POOL REPLASTER& UNDERWATER LIGHTS2450 MEADOWVIEW ROADSACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95832ACTIVITY POOLDETAILS09RIM FLOW GUTTER - TYPICALSCALE: NTS10RIM FLOW GUTTER / GRATESCALE: NTS11DEPTH MARKERSSCALE: NTS12ZERO DEPTH RIM FLOW GUTTER GRATESCALE: NTS13POOL RETURN WITH TILE AROUND DETAILSCALE: NTS14INTERNATIONAL "NO DIVING" MARKERSCALE: NTS

Sacramento City CouncilOctober 7, 2025

Sacramento City Council
October 7, 2025